FUND AMERICAN ENTERPRISES HOLDINGS INC
S-8, 1997-06-27
MORTGAGE BANKERS & LOAN CORRESPONDENTS
Previous: FUND AMERICAN ENTERPRISES HOLDINGS INC, 11-K, 1997-06-27
Next: NOBLE DRILLING CORP, 10-K405/A, 1997-06-27



<PAGE>
 
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 27, 1997
                                                      Registration No. 333-_____
================================================================================

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM S-8

                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                        UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                    FUND AMERICAN ENTERPRISES HOLDINGS, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

            Delaware                                     94-2708455
   (State or other jurisdiction             (I.R.S. employer identification no.)
    of incorporation or organization)       


                              80 South Main Street
                       Hanover, New Hampshire  03755-2053
                                 (603) 643-1567
  (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
                   registrant's principal executive offices)


                            VALLEY GROUP EMPLOYEES'
                              401(K) SAVINGS PLAN
                            (Full title of the plan)

                              Michael S. Paquette
                         Vice President and Controller
                    Fund American Enterprises Holdings, Inc.
                              80 South Main Street
                       Hanover, New Hampshire  03755-2053
                                 (603) 643-1567
 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                             of agent for service)


                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   Title of each class of           Amount to be         Proposed maximum                Proposed maximum            Amount of 
securities to be registered(1)      registered(2)    offering price per share(3)     aggregate offering price(3)  registration fee
- ------------------------------      -------------    ---------------------------     ---------------------------  ----------------
<S>                                 <C>              <C>                             <C>                          <C> 
      Common Stock,                    300,000                $ 104.69                         $31,407,000            $9,517.28
     $1.00 par value                    shares
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 
</TABLE>

     (1)  Pursuant to Rule 416(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the "Securities Act"), this registration statement also covers an indeterminate
amount of interests to be offered or sold pursuant to the employee benefit plan
described herein (the "Plan").

     (2)  Includes shares that may be contributed as, or acquired with, matching
contributions, and shares that may be purchased under the Plan with elective
contributions and at the direction of Plan participants.

     (3)  Pursuant to Rule 457(h)(1) under the Securities Act, the offering
price is based upon the average high and low sales prices of the Common Stock as
reported on the New York Stock Exchange on June 25, 1997.

<PAGE>
 
                                    PART II

                    INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE REGISTRATION
                                   STATEMENT


Item 3.  Incorporation of Documents by Reference.

         The following documents heretofore filed by Fund American Enterprises
Holdings, Inc. (the "Registrant") (Commission file no. 1-8993) or the Valley
Group Employees 401(k) Savings Plan (the "Plan") pursuant to the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), hereby are incorporated
in this Registration Statement by reference: (a) Registrant's Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996 (the "1996 Form 10-K"); (b)
Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1997;
(c) the Plan's Annual Report on Form 11-K for the year ended December 31, 1996;
and (d) the description of Registrant's common stock, $1.00 par value per share,
included in Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3 dated July 26, 1994,
as amended by an amendment to said Form S-3 dated November 7, 1994.  All
documents subsequently filed by Registrant or the Plan pursuant to Sections
13(a), 14, and 15(d) of the Exchange Act, prior to the filing of a post-
effective amendment which indicates that all securities offered have been sold
or which deregisters all securities then remaining unsold, shall be deemed to be
incorporated by reference in this Registration Statement and to be part hereof
from the date of filing such documents.


Item 4.  Description of Securities.

         Not applicable.


Item 5.  Interests of Named Experts and Counsel.

         Not applicable.


Item 6.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

          The General Corporation Law ("GCL") of the State of Delaware provides
that a Delaware corporation, such as the registrant, may indemnify a director or
officer against his or her expenses and judgments, fines and amounts paid in
settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any action, suit
or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation)
involving such person by reason of the fact that such person is or was a
director or officer, concerning actions taken in good faith and in a manner
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the
corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no
reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.  The GCL also
provides that in a derivative action, a Delaware corporation may indemnify its
directors and officers against expenses actually and reasonably incurred to the
extent that such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner such
director or officer reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification may be made with
respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such director or officer is
adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the
court determines upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability
but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such director or officer is
fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the court
deems proper.  The GCL also generally permits the advancement of a director's or
officer's expenses, including by means of a mandatory charter or bylaw provision
to that effect, in lieu of requiring the authorization of such advancement by
the Board of Directors in specific cases.

                                     II-1
<PAGE>
 
     Article XI of Registrant's Amended and Restated By-Laws contains the
indemnification provisions that follow:

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                Indemnification
                                ---------------

               54.  Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Agents and
                    --------------------------------------------------
     Employees.
     ---------

               Section 1.  Right to Indemnification.  The Corporation shall to
                           ------------------------                           
     the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as then in effect, indemnify
     any person (the "Indemnitee") unless otherwise agreed to by Indemnitee, who
     was or is involved in any manner (including, without limitation, as a party
     or a witness) or is threatened to be made so involved in any threatened,
     pending or completed investigation, claim, action, suit or proceeding,
     whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (including without
     limitation, any action, suit or proceeding by or in the right of the
     Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor) (a "Proceeding") by reason
     of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
     Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
     director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership,
     joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including, without limitation,
     any employee benefit plan) against all expenses (including attorney's
     fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and
     reasonably incurred by him in connection with such Proceeding. Such
     indemnification shall be a contract right and shall include the right to
     receive payment in advance of any expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in
     connection with such Proceeding, consistent with the provisions of
     applicable law as then in effect.

               Section 2.  Insurance, Contracts and Funding.  The Corporation
                           --------------------------------                  
     may purchase and maintain insurance to protect itself and any Indemnitee
     against any expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement as
     specified in Section 1 of this Article or incurred by any Indemnitee in
     connection with any Proceeding referred to in Section 1 of this Article, to
     the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as then in effect. The
     Corporation may enter into contracts with any director, officer, employee
     or agent of the Corporation in furtherance of the provisions of this
     Article and may create a trust fund, grant a security interest or use other
     means (including without limitation, a letter of credit) to ensure the
     payment of such amounts as may be necessary to effect indemnification as
     provided in this Article.

               Section 3.  Indemnification; Not Exclusive Right. The right of
                           ------------------------------------              
     indemnification provided in this Article shall not be exclusive of any
     other rights to which those seeking indemnification may otherwise be
     entitled, and the provisions of this Article shall inure to the benefit of
     the heirs and legal representatives of any person entitled to indemnity
     under this Article and shall be applicable to Proceedings commenced or
     continuing after the adoption of this Article, whether arising from acts or
     omissions occurring before or after such adoption.

               Section 4.  Advancement of Expenses, Procedures; Presumptions and
                           -----------------------------------------------------
     Effect of Certain Proceedings; Remedies. In furtherance, but not in
     ---------------------------------------                            
     limitation of the foregoing provisions, the following procedures,
     presumptions and remedies shall apply with respect to advancement of
     expenses and the right to indemnification under this Article:

               (a) Advancement of Expenses.  All reasonable expenses incurred by
                   -----------------------                                      
          or on behalf of the indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding shall
          be advanced to the Indemnitee by the Corporation within twenty (20)
          business days after the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or
          statements from the Indemnitee requesting such advance


                                     II-2
<PAGE>
 
          or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final
          disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall
          reasonably evidence the expenses incurred by the Indemnitee and, if
          required by law or requested by the Corporation at the time of such
          advance, shall include or be accompanied by an undertaking by or on
          behalf of the Indemnitee to repay the amounts advanced if it should
          ultimately be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be
          indemnified against such expenses pursuant to this Article.

               (b) Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to
                   ---------------------------------------------
          Indemnification. (i) To obtain indemnification under this Article, an
          ---------------
          Indemnitee shall submit to the Secretary of the Corporation a written
          request, including such documentation and information as is reasonably
          available to the Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to determine
          whether and to what extent the Indemnitee is entitled to
          indemnification (the "Supporting Documentation"). The determination of
          the Indemnitee's entitlement to indemnification shall be made not
          later than 120 days after receipt by the Corporation of the written
          request for indemnification together with the Supporting
          Documentation. The Secretary of the Corporation shall, promptly upon
          receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of
          Directors or its designee in writing that the Indemnitee has requested
          indemnification.

                    (ii)   The Indemnitee's entitlement to indemnification under
          this Article shall be determined in one of the following ways: (A) by
          a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter
          defined), if they constitute a quorum of the Board of Directors; (B)
          by a written opinion of Independent Counsel (as hereinafter defined)
          if (x) a Change of Control (as hereinafter defined) shall have
          occurred and the Indemnitee so requests or (y) a quorum of the Board
          of Directors consisting of Disinterested Directors is not obtainable
          or, even if obtainable, a majority of such Disinterested Directors so
          directs; (C) by the stockholders of the Corporation (but only if a
          majority of the Disinterested Directors, if they constitute a quorum
          of the Board of Directors, presents the issue of entitlement or
          indemnification to the stockholders for their determination); or (D)
          as provided in Section 4(c), below.

                    (iii)  In the event the determination of entitlement to
          indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to
          Section 4(b)(ii), a majority of the Disinterested Directors shall
          select the Independent Counsel, but only an Independent Counsel to
          which the Indemnitee does not reasonably object; provided, however,
          that if a Change of Control shall have occurred, the Indemnitee shall
          select such Independent Counsel, but only an Independent Counsel to
          which the Board of Directors does not reasonably object.

               (c) Presumption and Effect of Certain Proceedings. Except as
                   ---------------------------------------------           
          otherwise expressly provided in this Article, if a Change of Control
          shall have occurred the Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to
          indemnification under this Article upon submission of a request for
          indemnification together with the Supporting Documentation in
          accordance with Section 4(b)(i), thereafter the Corporation shall have
          the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in reaching a
          contrary determination. In any event, if the person or persons
          empowered under Section 4(b) to determine entitlement to
          indemnification shall not have been appointed or shall not have made a
          determination within one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt by
          the Corporation of the request, therefore together with the Supporting
          Documentation, the Indemnitee shall be deemed to be entitled to
          indemnification and the Indemnitee shall be entitled to such


                                     II-3
<PAGE>
 
          indemnification unless (A) the Indemnitee misrepresented or failed to
          disclose a material fact in making the request for indemnification or
          in the Supporting Documentation or (B) such indemnification is
          prohibited by law. The termination of any Proceeding described in
          Section 1, or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgement,
          order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or
                                                             ---- ----------   
          its equivalent, shall not, of itself, adversely affect the right of
          the Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that the
          Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he
          reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of
          the Corporation or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that the
          Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was
          unlawful.

               (d) Remedies of Indemnitee.  (i) In the event that a
                   ----------------------                          
          determination is made pursuant to Section 4(b) that the Indemnitee is
          not entitled to indemnification under this Article, (A) the Indemnitee
          shall be entitled to seek an adjudication of his entitlement to such
          indemnification either, at the Indemnitee's sole option, in (x) an
          appropriate court of the State of Delaware or any other court of
          competent jurisdiction or (y) an arbitration to be conducted by a
          single arbitrator pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration
          Association; (B) any such judicial proceeding or arbitration shall be
          de novo and the Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of such
          -- ----                                                             
          adverse determination; and (C) if a Change of Control shall have
          occurred, in any such judicial proceeding or arbitration the
          Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is
          not entitled to indemnification under this Article.

                    (ii)   If a determination shall have been made or deemed to
          have been made, pursuant to Section 4(b) or (c), that the Indemnitee
          is entitled to indemnification, the Corporation shall be obligated to
          pay the amounts constituting such indemnification within fifteen (15)
          business days after such determination has been made or deemed to have
          been made and shall be conclusively bound by such determination unless
          (A) the indemnitee misrepresented or failed to disclose a material
          fact in making the request for indemnification or in the Supporting
          Documentation or (B) such indemnification is prohibited by law.
          (Subparagraph (A) and (B) are each referred to hereafter as a
          "Disqualifying Event"). In the event that (C) advancement of expenses
          is not timely made pursuant to Section 4(a) or (D) payment of
          indemnification is not made within fifteen (15) business days after a
          determination of entitlement to indemnification has been made or
          deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 4(b) or (c), the
          Indemnitee shall be entitled to seek judicial enforcement of the
          Corporation's obligation to pay to the Indemnitee such advancement of
          expenses or indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
          Corporation may bring an action, in an appropriate court in the State
          of Delaware or any other court of competent jurisdiction, contesting
          the right of the Indemnitee to receive indemnification hereunder due
          to the occurrence of Disqualifying Event; provided, however, that in
          any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving the
          occurrence of such Disqualifying Event.

                    (iii)  The Corporation shall be precluded from asserting in
          any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this
          Section 4(d) that the procedures and presumptions of this Article are
          not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such
          court or before any such arbitrator that the Corporation is bound by
          all the provisions of this Article.

                    (iv)   In the event that the Indemnitee, pursuant to this
          Section 4(d), seeks a judicial adjudication of an award in arbitration
          to enforce his rights under, or to

                                     II-4
<PAGE>
 
          recover damages for breach of, this Article, the Indemnitee shall be
          entitled to recover from the Corporation, and shall be indemnified by
          the Corporation against, any expenses actually and reasonably incurred
          by him if the Indemnitee prevails in such judicial adjudication or
          arbitration. If it shall be determined in such judicial adjudication
          or arbitration that the Indemnitee is entitled to receive part but not
          all of the indemnification or advancement of expenses sought, the
          expenses incurred by the indemnitee in connection with such judicial
          adjudication or arbitration shall be prorated accordingly.

               (e) Definitions.  For purposes of this Section 4:
                   -----------                                  

                    (i) "Change in Control" means a change in control of the
          Corporation of a nature that would be required to be reported in
          response to Item 5(f) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated
          under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Act"), whether or not
          the Corporation is then subject to such reporting requirement;
          provided that, without limitation, such change in control shall be
          deemed to have occurred if (A) any "person" (as such term is used in
          Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Act) is or becomes the "beneficial
          owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or
          indirectly, of securities of the Corporation representing 30% or more
          of the combined voting power of the Corporation's then outstanding
          securities without the prior approval of at least two-thirds (2/3) of
          the members of the Board of Directors in office immediately prior to
          such acquisition; (b) the Corporation is a party to a merger,
          consolidation, sale of assets or other reorganization, or proxy
          contest, as a consequence of which members of the Board of Directors
          in office immediately prior to such transaction or event constitute
          less than a majority of the Board of Directors thereafter; or (C)
          during any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who at the
          beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors (including
          for this purpose any new director whose election or nomination for
          election by the Corporation's stockholders was approved by a vote of
          at least a majority of the directors then still in office who were
          directors at the beginning of such period) cease for any reason to
          constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors.

                    (ii) "Disinterested Director" means a director of the
          Corporation who is not or was not a party to the Proceeding in respect
          of which indemnification is sought by the Indemnitee.

                    (iii)  "Independent Counsel" means a law firm or a member of
          a law firm that neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years
          has been, retained to represent: (i) the Corporation or the Indemnitee
          in any matter material to either such party or (ii) any other party to
          the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification under this
          Article. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term "Independent Counsel"
          shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of
          professional conduct then prevailing under the law of the State of
          Delaware, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the
          Corporation or the Indemnitee in an action to determine the
          Indemnitee's rights under this Article.

          Section 5.  Severability.  If any provision or provisions of this
                      ------------                                         
     Article shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any
     reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the
     remaining provisions of this Article (including, without limitation, all
     portions of any paragraph of this Article containing any such provision
     held to be invalid, illegal or


                                     II-5
<PAGE>
 
     unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable)
     shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the
     fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article (including, without
     limitation, all portions of any paragraph of this Article containing any
     such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be
     construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision
     held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

     Section 102(b)(7) of the GCL provides that a certificate of incorporation
may contain a provision eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a
director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach
of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that such provision may not eliminate
or limit the liability of a director (i) for any breach of the director's duty
of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders; (ii) for acts or omissions
not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation
of law; (iii) under Section 174 of the GCL (relating to liability for
unauthorized acquisitions or redemptions of, or dividends on, capital stock) or
(iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal
benefit.

     Article Eleventh of Registrant's Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as
amended, implements the foregoing provision and provides as follows:

     Eleventh:  (a)  To the fullest extent that the General Corporation Law of
     --------                                                                 
     the State of Delaware (as it exists on the date hereof [March 11, 1994] or
     as it may hereafter be amended) permits the limitation or elimination of
     the liability of directors, no director of the Corporation shall be liable
     to the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of
     fiduciary duty as a director.  No amendment to or repeal of this Article
     shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of
     any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or
     omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

                (b)  In addition to any requirements of law and any other
     provisions herein or in the terms of any class or series of capital stock
     having preference over the common stock of the Corporation as to dividends
     or upon liquidation (and notwithstanding that a lesser percentage may be
     specified by law), the affirmative vote of the holders of seventy-five
     percent (75%) or more of the voting power of the then outstanding voting
     stock of the Corporation, voting together as a single class, shall be
     required to amend, alter or repeal any provision of this Article.

     Insurance is maintained on a regular basis (and not specifically in
connection with this offering) against liabilities arising on the part of
directors and officers out of their performance in such capacities or arising on
the part of the registrant out of its foregoing indemnification provisions,
subject to certain exclusions and to the policy limits.


Item 7.  Exemption from Registration Claimed.

         Not applicable.


                                     II-6
<PAGE>
 
Item 8.  Exhibits.

         The following exhibits are furnished with this Registration Statement:

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 


               Exhibit No.                    Description
               -----------                    -----------
               <S>              <C> 
               (4)(a)           Amended and Restated Certificate of
                                Incorporation of Registrant (filed as Exhibit
                                3(a) to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K
                                for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993
                                (Commission file number 1-8993) and incorporated
                                herein by reference).

               (4)(b)           Amended and Restated By-Laws of Registrant as
                                amended to date (filed as Exhibit 3(b) to
                                Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                                fiscal year ended October 31, 1993 (Commission
                                file number 1-8993) and incorporated herein by
                                reference).

               (4)(c)           Valley Group Employees' 401(k) Savings Plan and
                                Trust Agreement, as amended.*

               (5)(a)           Opinion and consent of Miller, Canfield, Paddock
                                and Stone, P.L.C.*

               (5)(b)           The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes
                                that it will cause the Plan and any amendments
                                thereto to be submitted to the Internal Revenue
                                Service (the "IRS") in a timely manner and will
                                make all changes required by the IRS in order to
                                qualify the Plan under Section 401 of the
                                Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or
                                any successor thereto.

               (23)(a)          Consent of Miller, Canfield, Paddock and Stone,
                                P.L.C. (contained in Exhibit (5)(a)).

               (23)(b)          Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.*
 
               (23)(c)          Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.*

               (23)(d)          Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.*

               (24)             Powers of attorney (contained in the signature
                                pages hereto).*
</TABLE> 
_____________________________

*    Filed herewith.


                                     II-7
<PAGE>
 
Item 9.  Undertakings.

         The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

              (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being
         made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

                  (i)   To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3)
         of the Securities Act of 1933;

                  (ii)  To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising
         after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most
         recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the
         aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth
         in the registration statement;

                  (iii) To include any material information with respect to the
         plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration
         statement or any material change to such information in the
         registration statement;

     Provided, however, that paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(1)(ii) do not apply if
     the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by
     those paragraphs is contained in periodic reports filed by the registrant
     pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
     1934 that are incorporated by reference into the registration statement.

         (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
     Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed
     to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
     therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed
     to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

         (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment
     any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the
     termination of the offering.

     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of
determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the
registrant's annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that is incorporated by reference in the
registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement
relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities
at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act
of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will
be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

                                     II-8
<PAGE>
 
                                   SIGNATURES

     The Registrant.  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of
1933, Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it
meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-8 and has duly caused this
Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto
duly authorized, in the Town of Hanover, State of New Hampshire, on June 26,
1997.

                              FUND AMERICAN ENTERPRISES HOLDINGS, INC.



                              By /s/ John J. Byrne
                                --------------------------------------------
                                    Name:   John J. Byrne
                                    Title:  Chairman, President and
                                             Chief Executive Officer



     The Plan.  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933,
Valley Group Employees' 401(k) Savings Plan has duly caused this Registration
Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Albany, State of Oregon, on June 26, 1997.

                              Valley Group Employees' 401(k) Savings Plan


                              By: /s/ Stuart E. Olson
                                 ------------------------------------------
                                    Name:  Stuart E. Olson
                                    Title:  Trustee
 

                              And: /s/ Kenneth R. Hisel
                                  -----------------------------------------
                                    Name:  Kenneth R. Hisel
                                    Title:  Trustee


                              And: /s/ Carey D. Benson
                                  -----------------------------------------
                                    Name:  Carey D. Benson
                                    Title:  Trustee

                                     II-9
<PAGE>
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the
capacities indicated and on the dates indicated below.  By so signing, each of
the undersigned, in his capacity as a director or officer, or both, as the case
may be, of the registrant, does hereby appoint John J. Byrne, K. Thomas Kemp,
Allan L. Waters and Michael S. Paquette, and each of them severally, his true
and lawful attorney to execute in his name, place and stead, in his capacity as
a director or officer, or both, as the case may be, of the registrant, any and
all amendments to this Registration Statement including post-effective
amendments thereto and all instruments necessary or incidental in connection
therewith, and to file the same with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Each of said attorneys shall have full power and authority to do and perform in
the name and on behalf of each of the undersigned, in any and all capacities,
every act whatsoever requisite or necessary to be done in the premises as fully,
and for all intents and purposes, as each of the undersigned might or could do
in person, the undersigned hereby ratifying and approving the acts of said
attorneys and each of them.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

          Signatures                               Title                       Date
          ----------                               -----                       ----
<S>                                   <C>                                 <C>
(1)  Principal Executive Officer:                        
                                      Chairman, President and Chief
/s/  John J. Byrne                    Executive Officer                   June 26, 1997
- -------------------------------                                               
     John J. Byrne                                                            
(2)  Principal Financial Officer:                                             
                                      Senior Vice President and               
/s/  Allan L. Waters                  Chief Financial Officer             June 26, 1997
- -------------------------------                                               
     Allan L. Waters                                                          
     Principal Accounting Officer:                                            
                                      Vice President and                      
/s/  Michael S. Paquette              Controller                          June 26, 1997
- -------------------------------                                               
     Michael S. Paquette                                                      
(3)  Directors:                                                               
                                                                              
/s/  John J. Byrne                    Director                            June 26, 1997
- -------------------------------                                               
     John J. Byrne                                                            
                                                                              
/s/  Howard L. Clark                  Director                            June 26, 1997
- -------------------------------                                               
     Howard L. Clark                                                          
                                                                              
/s/  Howard L. Clark, Jr.             Director                            June 26, 1997
- -------------------------------                                               
     Howard L. Clark, Jr.                                                     
                                                                              
/s/  Robert P. Cochran                Director                            June 26, 1997
- -------------------------------                                               
     Robert P. Cochran                                                        
                                                                              
/s/  George J. Gillespie III          Director                            June 26, 1997
- -------------------------------                                               
     George J. Gillespie III                                                  
                                                                              
/s/  K. Thomas Kemp                   Director                            June 26, 1997
- -------------------------------                                               
     K. Thomas Kemp                                                           
                                                                              
/s/  Gordon S. Macklin                Director                            June 26, 1997
- -------------------------------                                               
     Gordon S. Macklin                                                        
                                                                              
/s/  Frank A. Olson                   Director                            June 26, 1997
- -------------------------------                                               
     Frank A. Olson                                                           
                                                                              
/s/  Arthur Zankel                    Director                            June 26, 1997
- -------------------------------
     Arthur Zankel 

</TABLE>

                                     II-10
<PAGE>
 
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

                                                                                
   Exhibit No.                         Description
   -----------                         -----------
     <S>            <C>  

     (4)(c)         Valley Group Employees' 401(k) Savings Plan and Trust
                    Agreement, as amended.*

     (5)(a)         Opinion and consent of Miller, Canfield, Paddock and Stone,
                    P.L.C.*

     (5)(b)         The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that it will
                    cause the Plan and any amendments thereto to be submitted to
                    the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") in a timely manner
                    and will make all changes required by the IRS in order to
                    qualify the Plan under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue
                    Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor thereto.

     (23)(a)        Consent of Miller, Canfield, Paddock and Stone, P.L.C.
                    (contained in Exhibit (5)(a)).

     (23)(b)        Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.*

     (23)(c)        Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.*

     (23)(d)        Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.

     (24)           Powers of attorney (contained in the signature pages
                    hereto).*
</TABLE> 
_____________________________

*    Filed herewith.

<PAGE>
 
                   EMPLOYERS LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF WAUSAU

                       DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN AND TRUST










            Copyright 1990 Employers Life Insurance Company of Wausau
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

                                                         TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                         -----------------
                                                                                                                     Page
                                                                                                                     ----
<S>                        <C>                                                                                       <C> 
ARTICLE I                  DEFINITIONS...........................................................................

ARTICLE II                 TOP HEAVY PROVISIONS AND ADMINISTRATION...............................................

    2.1        TOP HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS.......................................................................      19
    2.2        DETERMINATION OF TOP HEAVY STATUS.................................................................      19
    2.3        POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE EMPLOYER.......................................................      24
    2.4        DESIGNATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY...........................................................      25
    2.5        ALLOCATION AND DELEGATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES.....................................................      25
    2.6        POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR............................................................      25
    2.7        RECORDS AND REPORTS...............................................................................      27
    2.8        APPOINTMENT OF ADVISERS...........................................................................      27
    2.9        INFORMATION FROM EMPLOYER.........................................................................      27
    2.10       PAYMENT OF EXPENSES...............................................................................      27
    2.11       MAJORITY ACTIONS..................................................................................      27
    2.12       CLAIMS PROCEDURE..................................................................................      28
    2.13       CLAIMS REVIEW PROCEDURE...........................................................................      28

ARTICLE III                ELIGIBILITY...........................................................................

    3.1        CONDITIONS OF ELIGIBILITY.........................................................................      29
    3.2        EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION...................................................................      29
    3.3        DETERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY......................................................................      29
    3.4        TERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY........................................................................      29
    3.5        OMISSION OF ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE.....................................................................      30
    3.6        INCLUSION OF INELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE..................................................................      30
    3.7        ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE.......................................................................      30
    3.8        CONTROL OF ENTITIES BY OWNER-EMPLOYEE.............................................................      30

ARTICLE IV                 CONTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATION

    4.1    FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION......................................................       31
    4.2    EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION FOR TARGET BENEFIT...........................................................       33
    4.3    TIME OF PAYMENT OF EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION...........................................................       34
    4.4    ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION, FORFEITURES AND EARNINGS.................................................       34
    4.5    MAXIMUM ANNUAL ADDITIONS.............................................................................       42
    4.6    ADJUSTMENT FOR EXCESSIVE ANNUAL ADDITIONS............................................................       52
    4.7    TRANSFERS FROM QUALIFIED PLANS.......................................................................       53
    4.8    VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS..............................................................................       55
    4.9    DIRECTED INVESTMENT ACCOUNT..........................................................................       56
    4.10   ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS.................................................................       57
    4.11   INTEGRATION IN MORE THAN ONE PLAN....................................................................       57

ARTICLE V                  VALUATIONS...........................................................................

    5.1    VALUATION OF THE TRUST FUND..........................................................................       57
    5.2    METHOD OF VALUATION..................................................................................       57
</TABLE> 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                                                     Page
                                                                                                                     ----
<S>        <C>                                                                                                       <C> 
ARTICLE VI              DETERMINATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS..............................................

    6.1    DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON RETIREMENT............................................................       58
    6.2    DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH.................................................................       58
    6.3    DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS IN EVENT OF DISABILITY.....................................................       60
    6.4    DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION...........................................................       60
    6.5    DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS.............................................................................       65
    6.6    DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH..................................................................       71
    6.7    TIME OF SEGREGATION OR DISTRIBUTION..................................................................       77
    6.8    DISTRIBUTION FOR MINOR BENEFICIARY...................................................................       78
    6.9    LOCATION OF PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY UNKNOWN.......................................................       78
    6.10   PRE-RETIREMENT DISTRIBUTION..........................................................................       78
    6.11   ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP....................................................................       79
    6.12   LIMITATIONS ON BENEFITS AND DISTRIBUTIONS............................................................       80
    6.13   SPECIAL RULE FOR NON-ANNUITY PLANS...................................................................       80

ARTICLE VII             TRUSTEE.................................................................................

    7.1    BASIC RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TRUSTEE................................................................       81
    7.2    INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE..........................................................       81
    7.3    OTHER POWERS OF THE TRUSTEE..........................................................................       83
    7.4    LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS................................................................................       86
    7.5    DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE REGARDING PAYMENTS.............................................................       89
    7.6    TRUSTEE'S COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES AND TAXES........................................................       89
    7.7    ANNUAL REPORT OF THE TRUSTEE.........................................................................       90
    7.8    AUDIT................................................................................................       90
    7.9    RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND SUCCESSION OF TRUSTEE.......................................................       91
    7.10   TRANSFER OF INTEREST.................................................................................       92
    7.11   TRUSTEE INDEMNIFICATION..............................................................................       92
    7.12   EMPLOYER SECURITIES AND REAL PROPERTY................................................................       93

ARTICLE VIII           AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, AND MERGERS.....................................................

    8.1    AMENDMENT............................................................................................       93
    8.2    TERMINATION..........................................................................................       94
    8.3    MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION..............................................................................       95

ARTICLE IX             MISCELLANEOUS...........................................................................

    9.1    EMPLOYER ADOPTIONS...................................................................................       95
    9.2    PARTICIPANT'S RIGHTS.................................................................................       95
    9.3    ALIENATION...........................................................................................       96
    9.4    CONSTRUCTION OF PLAN.................................................................................       97
    9.5    GENDER AND NUMBER....................................................................................       97
    9.6    LEGAL ACTION.........................................................................................       97
    9.7    PROHIBITION AGAINST DIVERSION OF FUNDS...............................................................       97
    9.8    BONDING..............................................................................................       98
    9.9    EMPLOYER'S AND TRUSTEE'S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE...........................................................       98
    9.10   INSURER'S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE..........................................................................       98
    9.11   RECEIPT AND RELEASE FOR PAYMENTS.....................................................................       98
    9.12   ACTION BY THE EMPLOYER...............................................................................       99
    9.13   NAMED FIDUCIARIES AND ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITY...................................................       99
</TABLE> 


                                      -ii-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                                                     Page
                                                                                                                     ----
    <S>    <C>                                                                                                       <C> 
    9.14   HEADINGS.............................................................................................       99
    9.15   APPROVAL BY INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE.................................................................      100
    9.16   UNIFORMITY...........................................................................................      100
    9.17   PAYMENT OF BENEFITS..................................................................................      100

ARTICLE X              PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS.................................................................

10.1  ELECTION TO BECOME A PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER...............................................................      101
    10.2   REQUIREMENTS OF PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS..............................................................      101
    10.3   DESIGNATION OF AGENT.................................................................................      102
    10.4   EMPLOYEE TRANSFERS..................................................................................       102
    10.5   PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION AND FORFEITURES................................................      102
    10.6   AMENDMENT............................................................................................      102
    10.7   DISCONTINUANCE OF PARTICIPATION......................................................................      102
    10.8   ADMINISTRATOR'S AUTHORITY............................................................................      103
    10.9   PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION FOR AFFILIATE....................................................      103

ARTICLE XI                      CASH OR DEFERRED PROVISIONS....................................................

    11.1   FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION......................................................      104
    11.2   PARTICIPANT'S SALARY REDUCTION ELECTION..............................................................      105
    11.3   ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION, FORFEITURES AND EARNINGS.................................................      109
    11.4   ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS.....................................................................      112
    11.5   ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS.......................................................      119
    11.6   ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS.................................................................      119
    11.7   ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS...................................................      123
    11.8   ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP....................................................................      127
</TABLE> 

                                      -iii-
<PAGE>
 
                                   ARTICLE I

                                  DEFINITIONS

     As used in this Plan, the following words and phrases shall have the
meanings set forth herein unless a different meaning is clearly required by the
context:

          1.1 "Act" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
     as it may be amended from time to time.

          1.2 "Administrator" means the person(s) or entity designated by the
     Employer pursuant to Section 2.4 to administer the Plan on behalf of the
     Employer.

          1.3 "Adoption Agreement" means the separate Agreement which is
     executed by the Employer and accepted by the Trustee which sets forth the
     elective provisions of this Plan and Trust as specified by the Employer.

          1.4 "Affiliated Employer" means the Employer and any corporation which
     is a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code
     Section 414(b)) which includes the Employer; any trade or business (whether
     or not incorporated) which is under common control (as defined in Code
     Section 414(c)) with the Employer; any organization (whether or not
     incorporated) which is a member of an affiliated service group (as defined
     in Code Section 414(m)) which includes the Employer; and any other entity
     required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to Regulations under
     Code Section 414(o).

          1.5 "Aggregate Account" means with respect to each Participant, the
     value of all accounts maintained on behalf of a Participant, whether
     attributable to Employer or Employee contributions, subject to the
     provisions of Section 2.2.

          1.6 "Anniversary Date" means the anniversary date specified in C3 of
     the Adoption Agreement.

          1.7 "Average Monthly Compensation" means the monthly Compensation of a
     Participant as specified in E2 of the Adoption Agreement.  If a Participant
     has less than the number of Years of Service or Plan Years of Service
     specified in the Adoption Agreement from his date of employment (or, if
     applicable, date of participation) to his date of termination, his Average
     Monthly Compensation will be based on his monthly Compensation during his
     months of service from his date of employment (or, if applicable, date of
     participation). Compensation subsequent to termination of participation
     pursuant to Section 3.4 shall not be recognized.
<PAGE>
 
          1.8 "Beneficiary" means the person to whom a share of a deceased
     Participant's interest in the Plan is payable, subject to the restrictions
     of Sections 6.2 and 6.6.

          1.9 "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended or
     replaced from time to time.

          1.10 "Compensation" with respect to any Participant means such
     Participant's compensation as specified by the Employer in E1 of the
     Adoption Agreement that is paid during the applicable period.  Compensation
     for any Self-Employed Individual shall be equal to his Earned Income.

          In addition, if specified in the Adoption Agreement, Compensation for
     all Plan purposes shall also include compensation which is not currently
     includible in the Participant's gross income by reason of the application
     of Code Sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h)(1)(B), or 403(b).

          Compensation in excess of $200,000 shall be disregarded.  Such amount
     shall be adjusted at the same time and in such manner as permitted under
     Code Section 415(d).  In applying this limitation, the family group of a
     Highly Compensated Participant who is subject to the Family Member
     aggregation rules of Code Section 414(q)(6) because such Participant is
     either a "five percent owner" of the Employer or one of the ten (10) Highly
     Compensated Employees paid the greatest "415 Compensation" during the year,
     shall be treated as a single Participant, except that for this purpose
     Family Members shall include only the affected Participant's spouse and any
     lineal descendants who have not attained age nineteen (19) before the close
     of the year.  If, as a result of the application of such rules, the
     adjusted $200,000 limitation is exceeded, then (except for purposes of
     determining the portion of Compensation up to the integration level if this
     plan is integrated), the limitation shall be prorated among the affected
     individuals in proportion to each such individual's Compensation as
     determined under this Section prior to the application of this limitation.

          For Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1989, the $200,000 limit
     (without regard to Family Member aggregation) shall apply only for Top
     Heavy Plan Years and shall not be adjusted.

          1.11 "Contract" or "Policy" means any life insurance policy,
     retirement income policy, or annuity contract (group or individual) issued
     by the Insurer.  In the event of any conflict between the terms of this
     Plan and the terms of any insurance contract purchased hereunder, the Plan
     provisions shall control.

          1.12 "Covered Compensation" with respect to any Participant for a Plan
     Year means the average (without

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
 
     indexing) of the Taxable Wage Bases in effect for each calendar year during
     the 35-year period ending with the last day of the calendar year in which
     the Participant attains (or will attain) Social Security Retirement Age.  A
     Participant's Covered Compensation shall be adjusted each Plan Year and no
     increase in Covered Compensation shall decrease a Participant's Accrued
     Benefit.  In determining the Participant's Covered Compensation for a Plan
     Year, the Taxable Wage Base in effect for the current Plan Year and any
     subsequent Plan Year will be assumed to be the same as the Taxable Wage
     Base in effect as of the beginning of the Plan Year for which the
     determination is being made.  A Participant's Covered Compensation for a
     Plan Year before the 35-year period described above is the Taxable Wage
     Base in effect as of the beginning of the Plan Year.  A Participant's
     Covered Compensation for a Plan Year after the 35-year period described
     above is the Participant's Covered Compensation for the Plan Year during
     which the Participant attained Social Security Retirement Age.  However, if
     a frozen Covered Compensation table is selected in the Adoption Agreement,
     "Covered Compensation" with respect to any Participant for a Plan Year
     means the Participant's Covered Compensation under the table selected in
     the Adoption Agreement.  For Plan Years beginning six (6) years after the
     year selected in the Adoption Agreement, the Participant's Covered
     Compensation will be that determined under the Covered Compensation table
     for the Plan Year five (5) years prior to the current Plan Year.  Any
     change in a Participant's Covered Compensation shall not cause any
     reduction in his Accrued Benefit.

          1.13 "Deferred Compensation" means, with respect to any Participant,
     that portion of the Participant's total Compensation which has been
     contributed to the Plan in accordance with the Participant's deferral
     election pursuant to Section 11.2.

          1.14 "Early Retirement Date" means the date specified in the Adoption
     Agreement on which a Participant or Former Participant has satisfied the
     age and service requirements specified in the Adoption Agreement (Early
     Retirement Age).  A Participant shall become fully Vested upon satisfying
     this requirement if still employed at his Early Retirement Age.

          A Former Participant who terminates employment after satisfying the
     service requirement for Early Retirement and who thereafter reaches the age
     requirement contained herein shall be entitled to receive his benefits
     under this Plan.

          1.15 "Earned Income" means with respect to a Self-Employed Individual,
     the net earnings from self-employment in the trade or business with respect
     to which the Plan is established, for which the personal services of the
     individual are a material income-producing factor.  Net earnings will be
     determined without regard to items not

                                      -3-
<PAGE>
 
     included in gross income and the deductions allocable to such items.  Net
     earnings are reduced by contributions by the Employer to a qualified Plan
     to the extent deductible under Code Section 404.  In addition, for Plan
     Years beginning after December 31, 1989, net earnings shall be determined
     with regard to the deduction allowed to the Employer by Code Section
     164(f).

          1.16 "Elective Contribution" means the Employer's contributions to the
     Plan that are made pursuant to the Participant's deferral election pursuant
     to Section 11.2.  In addition, if selected in E3 of the Adoption Agreement,
     the Employer's matching contribution made pursuant to Section 11.1(b) shall
     be considered an Elective Contribution for purposes of the Plan.  Elective
     Contributions shall be subject to the requirements of Sections 11.2(b) and
     11.2(c) and shall further be required to satisfy the discrimination
     requirements of Regulation 1.401(k)-1(b)(3), the provisions of which are
     specifically incorporated herein by reference.

          1.17 "Eligible Employee" means any Employee specified in D1 of the
     Adoption Agreement.

          1.18 "Employee" means any person who is employed by the Employer, but
     excludes any person who is employed as an independent contractor.  The term
     Employee shall also include Leased Employees as provided in Code Section
     414(n) or (o).

          Except as provided in the Non-Standardized Adoption Agreement, all
     Employees of all entities which are an Affiliated Employer will be treated
     as employed by a single employer.

          1.19 "Employer" means the entity specified in the Adoption Agreement,
     any Participating Employer (as defined in Section 10.1) which shall adopt
     this Plan, any successor which shall maintain this Plan and any predecessor
     which has maintained this Plan.

          1.20 "Excess Compensation" means, with respect to a Plan that is
     integrated with Social Security, a Participant's Compensation which is in
     excess of the amount set forth in the Adoption Agreement.

          1.21 "Excess Contributions" means, with respect to a Plan Year, the
     excess of Elective Contributions and Qualified Non-Elective Contributions
     made on behalf of Highly Compensated Participants for the Plan Year over
     the maximum amount of such contributions permitted under Section 11.4(a).

          1.22 "Excess Deferred Compensation" means, with respect to any taxable
     year of a Participant, the excess of the aggregate amount of such
     Participant's Deferred Compensation and the elective deferrals pursuant to
     Section 11.2(f)

                                      -4-
<PAGE>
 
     actually made on behalf of such Participant for such taxable year, over the
     dollar limitation provided for in Code Section 402(g), which is
     incorporated herein by reference.

          1.23 "Family Member" means, with respect to an affected Participant,
     such Participant's spouse, and such Participant's lineal descendants and
     ascendants and their spouses, all as described in Code Section
     414(q)(6)(B).

          1.24 "Fiduciary" means any person who (a) exercises any discretionary
     authority or discretionary control respecting management of the Plan or
     exercises any authority or control respecting management or disposition of
     its assets, (b) renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation,
     direct or indirect, with respect to any monies or other property of the
     Plan or has any authority or responsibility to do so, or (c) has any
     discretionary authority or discretionary responsibility in the
     administration of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the Trustee, the
     Employer and its representative body, and the Administrator.

          1.25 "Fiscal Year" means the Employer's accounting year as specified
     in the Adoption Agreement.

          1.26 "Forfeiture" means that portion of a Participant's Account that
     is not Vested, and occurs on the earlier of:

               (a) the distribution of the entire Vested portion of a
          Participant's Account, or

               (b) the last day of the Plan Year in which the Participant incurs
          five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service.

          Furthermore, for purposes of paragraph (a) above, in the case of a
     Terminated Participant whose Vested benefit is zero, such Terminated
     Participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution of his Vested
     benefit upon his termination of employment.  In addition, the term
     Forfeiture shall also include amounts deemed to be Forfeitures pursuant to
     any other provision of this Plan.

          1.27 "Former Participant" means a person who has been a Participant,
     but who has ceased to be a Participant for any reason.

          1.28 "414(s) Compensation" with respect to any Employee means his
     Compensation as defined in Section 1.10.  However, for purposes of this
     Section, Compensation shall be Compensation paid and shall be determined by
     including, in the case of a non-standardized Adoption Agreement, any items
     that are excluded from Compensation pursuant to the Adoption Agreement.
     The amount of "414(s) Compensation" with respect to any Employee shall
     include "414(s) Compensation" during the

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
 
     entire twelve (12) month period ending on the last day of such Plan Year.

          In addition, if specified in the Adoption Agreement, "414(s)
     Compensation" shall also include compensation which is not currently
     includible in the Participant's gross income by reason of the application
     of Code Sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h)(1)(B), or 403(b), plus Elective
     Contributions attributable to Deferred Compensation recharacterized as
     voluntary Employee contributions pursuant to 11.5(a).

          1.29 "415 Compensation" means compensation as defined in Section
     4.5(f)(2).

          1.30 "Highly Compensated Employee" means an Employee described in Code
     Section 414(q) and the Regulations thereunder and generally means an
     Employee who performed services for the Employer during the "determination
     year" and is in one or more of the following groups:

               (a)  Employees who at any time during the "determination year" or
          "look-back year" were "five percent owners" as defined in Section
          1.37(c).

               (b)  Employees who received "415 Compensation" during the "look-
          back" year from the Employer in excess of $75,000.

               (c)  Employees who received "415 Compensation" during the "look-
          back year" from the Employer in excess of $50,000 and were in the Top
          Paid Group of Employees for the Plan Year.

               (d)  Employees who during the "look-back year" were officers of
          the Employer (as that term is defined within the meaning of the
          Regulations under Code Section 416) and received "415 Compensation"
          during the "look-back year" from the Employer greater than 50 percent
          of the limit in effect under Code Section 415(b)(1)(A) for any such
          Plan Year.  The number of officers shall be limited to the lesser of
          (i) 50 employees; or (ii) the greater of 3 employees or 10 percent of
          all employees.  If the Employer does not have at least one officer
          whose annual "415 Compensation" is in excess of 50 percent of the Code
          Section 415(b)(1)(A) limit, then the highest paid officer of the
          Employer will be treated as a Highly Compensated Employee.

               (e)  Employees who are in the group consisting of the 100
          Employees paid the greatest "415 Compensation" during the
          "determination year" and are also described in (b), (c) or (d) above
          when these paragraphs are modified to substitute "determination year"
          for "look-back year".

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
 
          The "determination year" shall be the Plan Year for which testing is
     being performed, and the "look-back year" shall be the immediately
     preceding twelve-month period.  However, if the Plan Year is a calendar
     year, or if another Plan of the Employer so provides, then the "look-back
     year" shall be the calendar year ending with or within the Plan Year for
     which testing is being performed, and the "determination year" (if
     applicable) shall be the period of time, if any, which extends beyond the
     "look-back year" and ends on the last day of the Plan Year for which
     testing is being performed (the "lag period").  With respect to this
     election, it shall be applied on a uniform and consistent basis to all
     plans, entities, and arrangements of the Employer.

          For purposes of this Section, the determination of "415 Compensation"
     shall be made by including amounts that would otherwise be excluded from a
     Participant's gross income by reason of the application of Code Sections
     125, 402(a)(8), 402(h)(1)(B) and, in the case of Employer contributions
     made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement, Code Section 403(b).
     Additionally, the dollar threshold amounts specified in (b) and (c) above
     shall be adjusted at such time and in such manner as is provided in
     Regulations.  In the case of such an adjustment, the dollar limits which
     shall be applied are those for the calendar year in which the
     "determination year" or "look back year" begins.

          In determining who is a Highly Compensated Employee, Employees who are
     non-resident aliens and who received no earned income (within the meaning
     of Code Section 911(d)) from the Employer constituting United States source
     income within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3) shall not be treated as
     Employees.  Additionally, all Affiliated Employers shall be taken into
     account as a single employer and Leased Employees within the meaning of
     Code Sections 414(n)(2) and 414(o)(2) shall be considered Employees unless
     such Leased Employees are covered by a plan described in Code Section
     414(n)(5) and are not covered in any qualified plan maintained by the
     Employer.  The exclusion of Leased Employees for this purpose shall be
     applied on a uniform and consistent basis for all of the Employer's
     retirement plans.  In addition, Highly Compensated Former Employees shall
     be treated as Highly Compensated Employees without regard to whether they
     performed services during the "determination year".

          1.31 "Highly Compensated Former Employee" means a former Employee who
     had a separation year prior to the "determination year" and was a Highly
     Compensated Employee in the year of separation from service or in any
     "determination year" after attaining age 55.  Notwithstanding the
     foregoing, an Employee who separated from service prior to 1987 will be
     treated as a Highly Compensated Former Employee only if during the
     separation year (or year preceding the separation year) or any year after
     the Employee attains age 55 (or the last year

                                      -7-
<PAGE>
 
     ending before the Employee's 55th birthday), the Employee either received
     "415 Compensation" in excess of $50,000 or was a "five percent owner".  For
     purposes of this Section, "determination year", "415 Compensation" and
     "five percent owner" shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.30.
     Highly Compensated Former Employees shall be treated as Highly Compensated
     Employees.  The method set forth in this Section for determining who is a
     "Highly Compensated Former Employee" shall be applied on a uniform and
     consistent basis for all purposes for which the Code Section 414(q)
     definition is applicable.

          1.32 "Highly Compensated Participant" means any Highly Compensated
     Employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan.

          1.33 "Hour of Service" means (1) each hour for which an Employee is
     directly or indirectly compensated or entitled to compensation by the
     Employer for the performance of duties during the applicable computation
     period; (2) each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly
     compensated or entitled to compensation by the Employer (irrespective of
     whether the employment relationship has terminated) for reasons other than
     performance of duties (such as vacation, holidays, sickness, jury duty,
     disability, lay-off, military duty or leave of absence) during the
     applicable computation period; (3) each hour for which back pay is awarded
     or agreed to by the Employer without regard to mitigation of damages.  The
     same Hours of Service shall not be credited both under (1) or (2), as the
     case may be, and under (3).

          Notwithstanding the above, (i) no more than 501 Hours of Service are
     required to be credited to an Employee on account of any single continuous
     period during which the Employee performs no duties (whether or not such
     period occurs in a single computation period); (ii) an hour for which an
     Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, on account
     of a period during which no duties are performed is not required to be
     credited to the Employee if such payment is made or due under a plan
     maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable worker's
     compensation, or unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws;
     and (iii) Hours of Service are not required to be credited for a payment
     which solely reimburses an Employee for medical or medically related
     expenses incurred by the Employee.

          For purposes of this Section, a payment shall be deemed to be made by
     or due from the Employer regardless of whether such payment is made by or
     due from the Employer directly, or indirectly through, among others, a
     trust fund, or insurer, to which the Employer contributes or pays premiums
     and regardless of whether contributions made or due to the trust fund,
     insurer, or other entity are for the benefit of particular

                                      -8-
<PAGE>
 
     Employees or are on behalf of a group of Employees in the aggregate.

          An Hour of Service must be counted for the purpose of determining a
     Year of Service, a year of participation for purposes of accrued benefits,
     a 1-Year Break in Service, and employment commencement date (or
     reemployment commencement date).  The provisions of Department of Labor
     regulations 2530.200b-2(b) and (c) are incorporated herein by reference.

          Hours of Service will be credited for employment with all Affiliated
     Employers and for any individual considered to be a Leased Employee
     pursuant to Code Sections 414(n) or 414(o) and the Regulations thereunder.

          Hours of Service will be determined on the basis of the method
     selected in the Adoption Agreement.

          1.34 "Insurer" means any legal reserve insurance company which shall
     issue one or more policies under the Plan.

          1.35 "Investment Manager" means an entity that (a) has the power to
     manage, acquire, or dispose of Plan assets and (b) acknowledges fiduciary
     responsibility to the Plan in writing.  Such entity must be a person, firm,
     or corporation registered as an investment adviser under the Investment
     Advisers Act of 1940, a bank, or an insurance company.

          1.36 "Joint and Survivor Annuity" means an annuity for the life of a
     Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the Participant's
     spouse which is not less than 1/2, nor greater than the amount of the
     annuity payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the
     Participant's spouse.  The Joint and Survivor Annuity will be the amount of
     benefit which can be purchased with the Participant's Vested interest in
     the Plan.

          1.37 "Key Employee" means an Employee as defined in Code Section
     416(i) and the Regulations thereunder.  Generally, any Employee or former
     Employee (as well as each of his Beneficiaries) is considered a Key
     Employee if he, at any time during the Plan Year that contains the
     "Determination Date" or any of the preceding four (4) Plan Years, has been
     included in one of the following categories:

               (a)  an officer of the Employer (as that term is defined within
          the meaning of the Regulations under Code Section 416) having annual
          "415 Compensation" greater than 50 percent of the amount in effect
          under Code Section 415(b)(1)(A) for any such Plan Year.

               (b)  one of the ten employees having annual "415 Compensation"
          from the Employer for a Plan Year greater  than the dollar limitation
          in effect under Code Section

                                      -9-
<PAGE>
 
          415(c)(1)(A) for the calendar year in which such Plan Year ends and
          owning (or considered as owning within the meaning of Code Section
          318) both more than one-half percent interest and the largest
          interests in  the Employer.

               (c)  a "five percent owner" of the Employer.  "Five percent
          owner" means any person who owns (or is considered as owning within
          the meaning of Code Section 318) more than five percent (5%) of the
          outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing more than five
          percent (5%) of the total combined voting power of all stock of the
          Employer or, in the case of an unincorporated business, any person who
          owns more than five percent (5%) of the capital or profits interest in
          the Employer.  In determining percentage ownership hereunder,
          employers that would otherwise be aggregated  under Code Sections
          414(b), (c), (m) and (o) shall be treated as separate employers.

               (d)  a "one percent owner" of the Employer having an annual "415
          Compensation" from the Employer of more than $150,000.  "One percent
          owner" means any person who owns (or is considered as owning within
          the meaning of Code Section 318) more than one percent (1%) of the
          outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing more than one
          percent (1%) of the total combined voting  power of all stock of the
          Employer or, in the case of an unincorporated business, any person who
          owns more than one percent (1%) of the capital or profits interest in
          the Employer.  In determining percentage ownership hereunder,
          employers that would otherwise be aggregated under Code Sections
          414(b), (c), (m) and (o) shall be treated as separate employers.
          However, in determining whether an individual has "415 Compensation"
          of more than $150,000, "415 Compensation" from each employer required
          to be aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and (o) shall be
          taken into account.

          For purposes of this Section, the determination of "415 Compensation"
     shall be made by including amounts that would otherwise be excluded from a
     Participant's gross income by reason of the application of Code Sections
     125, 402(a)(8), 402(h)(1)(B) and, in the case of Employer contributions
     made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement, Code Section 403(b).

          1.38 "Late Retirement Date" means the date of, or the first day of the
     month or the Anniversary Date coinciding with or next following, whichever
     corresponds to the election made for the Normal Retirement Date, a
     Participant's actual retirement after having reached his Normal Retirement
     Date.

          1.39 "Leased Employee" means any person (other than an Employee of the
     recipient) who pursuant to an agreement

                                     -10-
<PAGE>
 
     between the recipient and any other person ("leasing organization") has
     performed services for the recipient (or for the recipient and related
     persons determined in accordance with Code Section 414(n)(6)) on a
     substantially full time basis for a period of at least one year, and such
     services are of a type historically performed by employees in the business
     field of the recipient employer.  Contributions or benefits provided a
     leased employee by the leasing organization which are attributable to
     services performed for the recipient employer shall be treated as provided
     by the recipient employer.

          A leased employee shall not be considered an Employee of the recipient
     if: (i) such employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan
     providing: (1) a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least 10
     percent of compensation, as defined in Code Section 415(c)(3), but
     including amounts contributed pursuant to a salary reduction agreement
     which are excludable from the employee's gross income under Code Sections
     125, 402(a)(8), 402(h) or 403(b), (2) immediate participation, and (3) full
     and immediate vesting; and (ii) leased employees do not constitute more
     than 20 percent of the recipient's nonhighly compensated workforce.

          1.40 "Level Funding Amount" means that level annual amount necessary,
     using the factor table specified in the Adoption Agreement, to fund a
     Participant's Target Benefit.

          1.41 "Net Profit" means with respect to any Fiscal Year the Employer's
     net income or profit for such Fiscal Year determined upon the basis of the
     Employer's books of account in accordance with generally accepted
     accounting principles, without any reduction for taxes based upon income,
     or for contributions made by the Employer to this Plan and any other
     qualified plan.

          1.42 "Non-Elective Contribution" means the Employer's contributions to
     the Plan other than those made pursuant to the Participant's deferral
     election made pursuant to Section 11.2 and any Qualified Non-Elective
     Contribution.  In addition, if selected in E3 of the Adoption Agreement,
     the Employer's Matching Contribution made pursuant to Section 4.4(b) shall
     be considered a Non-Elective Contribution for purposes of the Plan.

          1.43 "Non-Highly Compensated Participant" means any Participant who is
     neither a Highly Compensated Employee nor a Family Member.

          1.44 "Non-Key Employee" means any Employee or former Employee (and his
     Beneficiaries) who is not a Key Employee.

          1.45 "Normal Retirement Age" means the age specified in the Adoption
     Agreement at which time a Participant shall become fully Vested in his
     Participant's Account.

                                     -11-
<PAGE>
 
          1.46 "Normal Retirement Date" means the date specified in the Adoption
     Agreement on which a Participant shall become eligible to have his benefits
     distributed to him.

          1.47 "1-Year Break in Service" means the applicable computation period
     during which an Employee has not completed more than one-half of the Hours
     of Service needed to be credited with a Year of Service pursuant to Section
     1.77 with the Employer.  Further, solely for the purpose of determining
     whether a Participant has incurred a 1-Year Break in Service, Hours of
     Service shall be recognized for "authorized leaves of absence" and
     "maternity and paternity leaves of absence."

          "Authorized leave of absence" means an unpaid, temporary cessation
     from active employment with the Employer pursuant to an established
     nondiscriminatory policy, whether occasioned by illness, military service,
     or any other reason.

          A "maternity or paternity leave of absence" means, for Plan Years
     beginning after December 31, 1984, an absence from work for any period by
     reason of the Employee's pregnancy, birth of the Employee's child,
     placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of
     such child, or any absence for the purpose of caring for such child for a
     period immediately following such birth or placement.  For this purpose,
     Hours of Service shall be credited for the computation period in which the
     absence from work begins, only if credit therefore is necessary to prevent
     the Employee from incurring a 1-Year Break in Service, or, in any other
     case, in the immediately following computation period.  The Hours of
     Service credited for a "maternity or paternity leave of absence" shall be
     those which would normally have been credited but for such absence, or, in
     any case in which the Administrator is unable to determine such hours
     normally credited, eight (8) Hours of Service per day.  The total Hours of
     Service required to be credited for a "maternity or paternity leave of
     absence" shall not exceed 501.

          1.48 "Owner-Employee" means a sole proprietor who owns the entire
     interest in the Employer or a partner who owns more than 10% of either the
     capital interest or the profits interest in the Employer and who receives
     income for personal services from the Employer.

          1.49 "Participant" means any Eligible Employee who participates in the
     Plan as provided in Section 3.2 and has not for any reason become
     ineligible to participate further in the Plan.

          1.50 "Participant's Account" means the account established and
     maintained by the Administrator for each Participant with respect to his
     total interest under the Plan resulting from (a) the Employer's
     contributions in the case of a Profit Sharing Plan, Target Benefit Plan, or
     Money Purchase

                                     -12-
<PAGE>
 
     Plan, and (b) the Employer's Non-Elective Contributions in the case of a
     401(k) Profit Sharing Plan.

          1.51 "Participant's Combined Account" means the account established
     and maintained by the Administrator for each Participant with respect to
     his total interest under the Plan resulting from the Employer's
     contributions.

          1.52 "Participant's Elective Account" means the account established
     and maintained by the Administrator for each Participant with respect to
     his total interest in the Plan and Trust resulting from the Employer's
     Elective Contributions and Qualified Non-Elective Contributions.  A
     separate accounting shall be maintained with respect to that portion of the
     Participant's Elective Account attributable to Elective Contributions made
     pursuant to Section 11.2 and Employer matching contributions if they are
     deemed to be Elective Contributions.

          1.53 "Participant's Rollover Account" means the account established
     and maintained by the Administrator for each Participant with respect to
     his total interest in the Plan resulting from amounts transferred from
     another qualified plan or "conduit" Individual Retirement Account in
     accordance with Section 4.7.

          1.54 "Plan" means this instrument (hereinafter referred to as
     Employers Life Insurance Company of Wausau Defined Contribution Plan and
     Trust Basic Plan Document #01) including all amendments thereto, and the
     Adoption Agreement as adopted by the Employer.

          1.55 "Plan Year" means the Plan's accounting year as specified in C2
     of the Adoption Agreement.

          1.56 "Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity" means an immediate annuity for
     the life of the Participant's spouse, the payments under which must be
     equal to the actuarial equivalent of 50% of the Participant's Vested
     interest in the Plan as of the date of death.

          1.57 "Qualified Non-Elective Account" means the account established
     hereunder to which Qualified Non-Elective Contributions are allocated.

          1.58 "Qualified Non-Elective Contribution" means the Employer's
     contributions to the Plan that are made pursuant to E5 of the Adoption
     Agreement and Section 11.1(d) which are used to satisfy the "Actual
     Deferral Percentage" tests.  Qualified Non-Elective Contributions are
     nonforfeitable when made and are distributable only as specified in
     Sections 11.2(c) and 11.8.  In addition, the Employer's contributions to
     the Plan that are made pursuant to Section 11.7(h) and which are used to
     satisfy the "Actual Contribution Percentage"

                                     -13-
<PAGE>
 
     tests shall be considered Qualified Non-Elective Contributions.

          1.59 "Regulation" means the Income Tax Regulations as promulgated by
     the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate, and as amended from time to
     time.

          1.60 "Retired Participant" means a person who has been a Participant,
     but who has become entitled to retirement benefits under the Plan.

          1.61 "Retirement Date" means the date as of which a Participant
     retires for reasons other than Total and Permanent Disability, whether such
     retirement occurs on a Participant's Normal Retirement Date, Early or Late
     Retirement Date (see Section 6.1).

          1.62 "Self-Employed Individual" means an individual who has earned
     income for the taxable year from the trade or business for which the Plan
     is established, and, also, an individual who would have had earned income
     but for the fact that the trade or business had no net profits for the
     taxable year.  A Self-Employed Individual shall be treated as an Employee.

          1.63 "Shareholder-Employee" means a Participant who owns more than
     five percent (5%) of the Employer's outstanding capital stock during any
     year in which the Employer elected to be taxed as a Small Business
     Corporation under the applicable Code Section.

          1.64 "Short Plan Year" means, if specified in the Adoption Agreement,
     that the Plan Year shall be less than a 12 month period.  If chosen, the
     following rules shall apply in the administration of this Plan.  In
     determining whether an Employee has completed a Year of Service for benefit
     accrual purposes in the Short Plan Year, the number of the Hours of Service
     required shall be proportionately reduced based on the number of days in
     the Short Plan Year.  The determination of whether an Employee has
     completed a Year of Service for vesting purposes shall be made in
     accordance with Department of Labor Regulation 2530.203-2(c).

          1.65 "Social Security Retirement Age" with respect to a Participant
     means age 65 if the Participant attains age 62 before January 1, 2000, age
     66 if the Participant attains age 62 after December 31, 1999 but before
     January 1, 2017, and age 67 if the Participant attains age 62 after
     December 31, 2016.

          1.66 "Super Top Heavy Plan" means a plan described in Section 2.2(b).

          1.67 "Target Benefit" means the monthly benefit calculated pursuant to
     Section 4.2, and which shall be the

                                     -14-
<PAGE>
 
     basis for determining the Level Funding Amount, but which may be more or
     less than the benefit actually available upon a distributable event.

          1.68 "Taxable Wage Base" means, with respect to any year, the maximum
     amount of earnings which may be considered wages for such year under Code
     Section 3121(a)(1).

          1.69 "Terminated Participant" means a person who has been a
     Participant, but whose employment has been terminated other than by death,
     Total and Permanent Disability or retirement.

          1.70 "Top Heavy Plan" means a plan described in Section 2.2(a).

          1.71 "Top Heavy Plan Year" means a Plan Year commencing after December
     31, 1983 during which the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan.

          1.72 "Top Paid Group" means the top 20 percent of Employees who
     performed services for the Employer during the applicable year, ranked
     according to the amount of "415 Compensation" (as determined pursuant to
     Section 1.30) received from the Employer during such year.  All Affiliated
     Employers shall be taken into account as a single employer, and leased
     employees within the meaning of Code Sections 414(n)(2) and 414(o)(2) shall
     be considered Employees unless such leased employees are covered by a plan
     described in Code Section 414(n)(5) and are not covered in any qualified
     plan maintained by the Employer.  Employees who are non-resident aliens who
     received no earned income (within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2))
     from the Employer constituting United States source income within the
     meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3) shall not be treated as Employees.
     Additionally, for the purpose of determining the number of active Employees
     in any year, the following additional Employees may, at the election of the
     Administrator, also be excluded, however, such Employees shall still be
     considered for the purpose of identifying the particular Employees in the
     Top Paid Group:

               (a)  Employees with less than six (6) months of service;

               (b)  Employees who normally work less than 17 1/2  hours per
          week;

               (c)  Employees who normally work less than six (6) months during
          a year; and

               (d)  Employees who have not yet attained age 21.

          In addition, if 90 percent or more of the Employees of the Employer
     are covered under agreements the Secretary of Labor finds to be collective
     bargaining agreements between

                                     -15-
<PAGE>
 
     Employee representatives and the Employer, and the Plan covers only
     Employees who are not covered under such agreements, then Employees covered
     by such agreements shall be excluded from both the total number of active
     Employees as well as from the identification of particular Employees in the
     Top Paid Group.

          The foregoing exclusions set forth in this Section shall be applied on
     a uniform and consistent basis for all purposes for which the Code Section
     414(q) definition is applicable.

          1.73 "Total and Permanent Disability" means the inability to engage in
     any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable
     physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or
     which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not
     less than 12 months.  The disability of a Participant shall be determined
     by a licensed physician chosen by the Administrator.  However, if the
     condition constitutes total disability under the federal Social Security
     Acts, the Administrator may rely upon such determination that the
     Participant is Totally and Permanently Disabled for the purposes of this
     Plan.  The determination shall be applied uniformly to all Participants.

          1.74 "Trustee" means the person or entity named in B6 of the Adoption
     Agreement and any successors.

          1.75 "Trust Fund" means the assets of the Plan and Trust as the same
     shall exist from time to time.

          1.76 "Vested" means the nonforfeitable portion of any account
     maintained on behalf of a Participant.

          1.77 "Voluntary Contribution Account" means the account established
     and maintained by the Administrator for each Participant with respect to
     his total interest in the Plan resulting from the Participant's
     nondeductible voluntary contributions made pursuant to Section 4.8.

          1.78 "Year of Service" means the computation period of twelve (12)
     consecutive months, herein set forth, and during which an Employee has
     completed the number of Hours of Service specified in the Adoption
     Agreement.

          For purposes of eligibility for participation, the initial computation
     period shall begin with the date on which the Employee first performs an
     Hour of Service.  The computation period beginning after a 1-Year Break in
     Service shall be measured from the date on which an Employee again performs
     an Hour of Service.  The succeeding computation periods shall begin with
     the first anniversary of the Employee's employment commencement date.
     However, if one (1) Year of Service or less is required as a condition of
     eligibility, then after the initial eligibility computation period, the
     eligibility computation period shall shift to the

                                     -16-
<PAGE>
 
     current Plan Year which includes the anniversary of the date on which the
     Employee first performed an Hour of Service.  An Employee who is credited
     with the requisite Hours of Service in both the initial eligibility
     computation period and the first Plan Year which commences prior to the
     first anniversary of the Employee's initial eligibility computation period
     will be credited with two Years of Service for purposes of eligibility to
     participate.

          For vesting purposes, and all other purposes not specifically
     addressed in this Section, the computation period shall be the Plan Year,
     including periods prior to the Effective Date of the Plan unless
     specifically excluded pursuant to the Adoption Agreement.

          Years of Service and breaks in service will be measured on the same
     computation period.  Years of Service with any predecessor Employer which
     maintained this Plan shall be recognized.  Years of Service with any other
     predecessor Employer shall be recognized as specified in the Adoption
     Agreement.  Years of Service with any Affiliated Employer shall be
     recognized.


                                   ARTICLE II

                    TOP HEAVY PROVISIONS AND ADMINISTRATION

     2.1   TOP HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS

     For any Top Heavy Plan Year, the Plan shall provide the special vesting
requirements of Code Section 416(b) pursuant to Section 6.4 of the Plan and the
special minimum allocation requirements of Code Section 416(c) pursuant to
Section 4.4(i) of the Plan.

     2.2   DETERMINATION OF TOP HEAVY STATUS

          (a)  This Plan shall be a Top Heavy Plan for any Plan Year beginning
     after December 31, 1983, in which, as of the Determination Date, (1) the
     Present Value of Accrued Benefits of Key Employees and (2) the sum of the
     Aggregate Accounts of Key Employees under this Plan and all plans of an
     Aggregation Group, exceeds sixty percent (60%) of the Present Value of
     Accrued Benefits and the Aggregate Accounts of all Key and Non-Key
     Employees under this Plan and all plans of an Aggregation Group.

          If any Participant is a Non-Key Employee for any Plan Year, but such
     Participant was a Key Employee for any prior Plan Year, such Participant's
     Present Value of Accrued Benefit and/or Aggregate Account balance shall not
     be taken into account for purposes of determining whether this Plan is a
     Top Heavy or Super Top Heavy Plan (or whether any Aggregation

                                     -17-
<PAGE>
 
     Group which includes this Plan is a Top Heavy Group).  In addition, if a
     Participant or Former Participant has not performed any services for any
     Employer maintaining the Plan at any time during the five year period
     ending on the Determination Date, any accrued benefit for such Participant
     or Former Participant shall not be taken into account for the purposes of
     determining whether this Plan is a Top Heavy or Super Top Heavy Plan.

          (b)  This Plan shall be a Super Top Heavy Plan for any Plan Year
     beginning after December 31, 1983, in which, as of the Determination Date,
     (1) the Present Value of Accrued Benefits of Key Employees and (2) the sum
     of the Aggregate Accounts of Key Employees under this Plan and all plans of
     an Aggregation Group, exceeds ninety percent (90%) of the Present Value of
     Accrued Benefits and the Aggregate Accounts of all Key and Non-Key
     Employees under this Plan and all plans of an Aggregation Group.

          (c)  Aggregate Account: A Participant's Aggregate Account as of the
     Determination Date is the sum of:

               (1)  his Participant's Combined Account balance as of the most
          recent valuation occurring within a twelve (12) month period ending on
          the Determination Date;

               (2)  for a Profit Sharing Plan, an adjustment for any
          contributions due as of the Determination Date.  Such adjustment shall
          be the amount of any contributions actually made after the valuation
          date but before the Determination Date, except for the first Plan Year
          when such adjustment shall also reflect the amount of any
          contributions made after the Determination Date that are allocated as
          of a date in that first Plan Year;

               (3)  for a Money Purchase Plan or Target Benefit  Plan,
          contributions that would be allocated as of a date not later than the
          Determination Date, even though those amounts are not yet made or
          required to be made.

               (4)  any Plan distributions made within the Plan Year that
          includes the Determination Date or within the four (4) preceding Plan
          Years.  However, in the case of distributions made after the valuation
          date and prior to the Determination Date, such distributions are not
          included as distributions for top heavy purposes to the extent that
          such distributions are already included in the Participant's Aggregate
          Account balance as of the valuation date.  In the case of a
          distribution of an annuity Contract, the amount of such distribution
          is deemed to be the current actuarial value of the Contract,
          determined on the date of the distribution.  Notwithstanding anything
          herein to the contrary, all distributions, including distributions
          made prior to

                                     -18-
<PAGE>
 
          January 1, 1984, and distributions under a terminated plan which if it
          had not been terminated would have been required to be included in an
          Aggregation Group, will be counted.  Further, distributions from the
          Plan (including the cash value of life insurance policies) of a
          Participant's account balance because of death shall be treated as a
          distribution for the purpose of this paragraph.

               (5)  any Employee contributions, whether voluntary or mandatory.
          However, amounts attributable to tax deductible qualified voluntary
          employee contributions shall not be considered to be a part of the
          Participant's Aggregate Account balance.

               (6)  with respect to unrelated rollovers and plan-to-plan
          transfers (ones which are both initiated by the Employee and made from
          a plan maintained by one employer to a plan maintained by another
          employer), if this Plan provides the rollovers or plan-to-plan
          transfers, it shall always consider such rollovers or plan-to-plan
          transfers as a distribution for the purposes of this Section.  If this
          Plan is the plan accepting such rollovers or plan-to-plan transfers,
          it shall not consider such rollovers or plan-to-plan transfers
          accepted after December 31, 1983 as part of the Participant's
          Aggregate Account balance.  However, rollovers or plan-to-plan
          transfers accepted prior to January 1, 1984 shall be considered as
          part of the Participant's Aggregate Account balance.

               (7)  with respect to related rollovers and plan-to-plan transfers
          (ones either not initiated by the Employee or made to a plan
          maintained by the same employer), if this Plan provides the rollover
          or plan-to-plan transfer, it shall not be counted as a distribution
          for purposes of this Section.  If this Plan is the plan accepting such
          rollover or plan-to-plan transfer, it shall consider such rollover or
          plan-to-plan transfer as part of the Participant's Aggregate Account
          balance, irrespective of the date on which such rollover or plan-to-
          plan transfer is accepted.

               (8)  For the purposes of determining whether two employers are to
          be treated as the same employer in 2.2(c)(6) and 2.2(c)(7) above, all
          employers aggregated under Code Section 414(b), (c), (m) and (o) are
          treated as the same employer.

          (d)  "Aggregation Group" means either a Required Aggregation Group or
     a Permissive Aggregation Group as hereinafter determined.

                                     -19-
<PAGE>
 
               (1)  Required Aggregation Group: In determining a Required
          Aggregation Group hereunder, each qualified plan of the Employer,
          including any Simplified Employee Pension Plan, in which a Key
          Employee is a participant in the Plan Year containing the
          Determination Date or any of the four preceding Plan Years, and each
          other qualified plan of the Employer which enables any qualified plan
          in which a Key Employee participates to meet the requirements of Code
          Sections 401(a)(4) or 410, will be required to be aggregated.  Such
          group shall be known as a Required Aggregation Group.  In the case of
          a Required Aggregation Group, each plan in the group will be
          considered a Top Heavy Plan if the Required Aggregation Group is a Top
          Heavy Group.  No plan in the Required Aggregation Group will be
          considered a Top Heavy Plan if the Required Aggregation Group is not a
          Top Heavy Group.

               (2)  Permissive Aggregation Group: The Employer may also include
          any other plan of the Employer, including any Simplified Employee
          Pension Plan, not required to be included in the Required  Aggregation
          Group, provided the resulting group, taken as a whole, would continue
          to satisfy the provisions of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410.  Such
          group shall be known as a Permissive Aggregation Group.  In the case
          of a Permissive Aggregation Group, only a plan that is part of the
          Required Aggregation Group will be considered a Top Heavy Plan if the
          Permissive Aggregation Group is a Top Heavy Group.  No plan in the
          Permissive Aggregation Group will be considered a Top Heavy Plan if
          the Permissive Aggregation Group is not a Top Heavy Group.

               (3)  Only those plans of the Employer in which the Determination
          Dates fall within the same calendar year shall be aggregated in order
          to determine whether such plans are Top Heavy Plans.

               (4)  An Aggregation Group shall include any terminated plan of
          the Employer if it was maintained within the last five (5) years
          ending on the Determination Date.

          (e)  "Determination Date" means (a) the last day of the preceding Plan
     Year, or (b) in the case of the first Plan Year, the last day of such Plan
     Year.

          (f)  Present Value of Accrued Benefit: In the case of a defined
     benefit plan, the Present Value of Accrued Benefit for a Participant other
     than a Key Employee shall be as determined using the single  accrual method
     used for all plans of the Employer and Affiliated Employers, or if no such
     single method exists, using a method which results in benefits accruing not
     more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under Code Section
     411(b)(1)(C).  The determination of the Present

                                     -20-
<PAGE>
 
     Value of Accrued Benefit shall be determined as of the most recent
     valuation date that falls within or ends with the 12-month period ending on
     the Determination Date, except as provided in Code Section 416 and the
     Regulations thereunder for the first and second plan years of a defined
     benefit plan.  However, any such determination must include present value
     of accrued benefit attributable to any Plan distributions referred to in
     Section 2.2(c)(4) above, any Employee contributions referred to in Section
     2.2(c)(5) above or any related or unrelated rollovers referred to in
     Sections 2.2(c)(6) and 2.2(c)(7) above.

          (g)  "Top Heavy Group" means an Aggregation Group in which, as of the
     Determination Date, the sum of:

               (1)  the Present Value of Accrued Benefits of Key Employees under
          all defined benefit plans included in the group, and

               (2)  the Aggregate Accounts of Key Employees under all defined
          contribution plans included in the group, exceeds sixty percent (60%)
          of a similar sum determined for all Participants.

          (h)  The Administrator shall determine whether this Plan is a Top
     Heavy Plan on the Anniversary Date specified in the Adoption Agreement.
     Such determination of the top heavy ratio shall be in accordance with Code
     Section 416 and the Regulations thereunder.

     2.3   POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE EMPLOYER

          (a)  The Employer shall be empowered to appoint and remove the Trustee
     and the Administrator from time to time as it deems necessary for the
     proper administration of the Plan to assure that the Plan is being operated
     for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries in
     accordance with the terms of the Plan, the Code, and the Act.

          (b)  The Employer shall establish a "funding policy and method", i.e.,
     it shall determine whether the Plan has a short run need for liquidity
     (e.g., to pay benefits) or whether liquidity is a long run goal and
     investment growth (and stability of same) is a more current need, or shall
     appoint a qualified person to do so.  The Employer or its delegate shall
     communicate such needs and goals to the Trustee, who shall coordinate such
     Plan needs with its investment policy.  The communication of such a
     "funding policy and method" shall not, however, constitute a directive to
     the Trustee as to investment of the Trust Funds.  Such "funding policy and
     method" shall be consistent with the objectives of this Plan and with the
     requirements of Title I of the Act.

                                     -21-
<PAGE>
 
          (c)  The Employer may, in its discretion, appoint an Investment
     Manager to manage all or a designated portion of the assets of the Plan.
     In such event, the Trustee shall follow the directive of the Investment
     Manager in investing the assets of the Plan managed by the Investment
     Manager.

          (d)  The Employer shall periodically review the performance of any
     Fiduciary or other person to whom duties have been delegated or allocated
     by it under the provisions of this Plan or pursuant to procedures
     established hereunder.  This requirement may be satisfied by formal
     periodic review by the Employer or by a qualified person specifically
     designated by the Employer, through day-to-day conduct and evaluation, or
     through other appropriate ways.

     2.4   DESIGNATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY

     The Employer shall appoint one or more Administrators.  Any person,
including, but not limited to, the Employees of the Employer, shall be eligible
to serve as an Administrator.  Any person so appointed shall signify his
acceptance by filing written acceptance with the Employer.  An Administrator may
resign by delivering his written resignation to the Employer or be removed by
the Employer by delivery of written notice of removal, to take effect at a date
specified therein, or upon delivery to the Administrator if no date is
specified.

     The Employer, upon the resignation or removal of an Administrator, shall
promptly designate in writing a successor to this position.  If the Employer
does not appoint an Administrator, the Employer will function as the
Administrator.

     2.5   ALLOCATION AND DELEGATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES

     If more than one person is appointed as Administrator, the responsibilities
of each Administrator may be specified by the Employer and accepted in writing
by each Administrator.  In the event that no such delegation is made by the
Employer, the Administrators may allocate the responsibilities among themselves,
in which event the Administrators shall notify the Employer and the Trustee in
writing of such action and specify the responsibilities of each Administrator.
The Trustee thereafter shall accept and rely upon any documents executed by the
appropriate Administrator until such time as the Employer or the Administrators
file with the Trustee a written revocation of such designation.

     2.6   POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR

     The primary responsibility of the Administrator is to administer the Plan
for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries, subject
to the specific terms of the Plan.  The Administrator shall administer the Plan
in accordance with its terms and shall have the power and discretion to construe
the terms of the Plan and determine all questions arising in connection with

                                     -22-
<PAGE>
 
the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan.  Any such
determination by the Administrator shall be conclusive and binding upon all
persons.  The Administrator may establish procedures, correct any defect, supply
any information, or reconcile any inconsistency in such manner and to such
extent as shall be deemed necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of the
Plan; provided, however, that any procedure, discretionary act, interpretation
or construction shall be done in a nondiscriminatory manner based upon uniform
principles consistently applied and shall be consistent with the intent that the
Plan shall continue to be deemed a qualified plan under the terms of Code
Section 401(a), and shall comply with the terms of the Act and all regulations
issued pursuant thereto.  The Administrator shall have all powers necessary or
appropriate to accomplish his duties under this Plan.

     The Administrator shall be charged with the duties of the general
administration of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the following:

          (a)  the discretion to determine all questions relating to the
     eligibility of Employees to participate or remain a Participant hereunder
     and to receive benefits under the Plan;

          (b)  to compute, certify, and direct the Trustee with respect to the
     amount and the kind of benefits to which any Participant shall be entitled
     hereunder;

          (c)  to authorize and direct the Trustee with respect to all
     nondiscretionary or otherwise directed disbursements from the Trust Fund;

          (d)  to maintain all necessary records for the administration of the
     Plan;

          (e)  to interpret the provisions of the Plan and to make and publish
     such rules for regulation of the Plan as are consistent with the terms
     hereof;

          (f)  to determine the size and type of any Contract to be purchased
     from any Insurer, and to designate the Insurer from which such Contract
     shall be purchased;

          (g)  to compute and certify to the Employer and to the Trustee from
     time to time the sums of money necessary or desirable to be contributed to
     the Trust Fund;

          (h)  to consult with the Employer and the Trustee regarding the short
     and long-term liquidity needs of the Plan in order that the Trustee can
     exercise any investment discretion in a manner designed to accomplish
     specific objectives;

          (i)  to prepare and distribute to Employees a procedure for notifying
     Participants and Beneficiaries of their rights

                                     -23-
<PAGE>
 
     to elect Joint and Survivor Annuities and Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuities
     if required by the Code and Regulations thereunder;

          (j)  to assist any Participant regarding his rights, benefits, or
     elections available under the Plan.

     2.7   RECORDS AND REPORTS

     The Administrator shall keep a record of all actions taken and shall keep
all other books of account, records, and other data that may be necessary for
proper administration of the Plan and shall be responsible for supplying all
information and reports to the Internal Revenue Service, Department of Labor,
Participants, Beneficiaries and others as required by law.

     2.8   APPOINTMENT OF ADVISERS

     The Administrator, or the Trustee with the consent of the Administrator,
may appoint counsel, specialists, advisers, and other persons as the
Administrator or the Trustee deems necessary or desirable in connection with the
administration of this Plan.

     2.9   INFORMATION FROM EMPLOYER

     To enable the Administrator to perform his functions, the Employer shall
supply full and timely information to the Administrator on all matters relating
to the Compensation of all Participants, their Hours of Service, their Years of
Service, their retirement, death, disability, or termination of employment, and
such other pertinent facts as the Administrator may require; and the
Administrator shall advise the Trustee of such of the foregoing facts as may be
pertinent to the Trustee's duties under the Plan.  The Administrator may rely
upon such information as is supplied by the Employer and shall have no duty or
responsibility to verify such information.

     2.10  PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     All expenses of administration may be paid out of the Trust Fund unless
paid by the Employer.  Such expenses shall include any expenses incident to the
functioning of the Administrator, including, but not limited to, fees of
accountants, counsel, and other specialists and their agents, and other costs of
administering the Plan.  Until paid, the expenses shall constitute a liability
of the Trust Fund.  However, the Employer may reimburse the Trust Fund for any
administration expense incurred.  Any administration expense paid to the Trust
Fund as a reimbursement shall not be considered an Employer contribution.

     2.11  MAJORITY ACTIONS

     Except where there has been an allocation and delegation of administrative
authority pursuant to Section 2.5, if there shall be

                                     -24-
<PAGE>
 
more than one Administrator, they shall act by a majority of their number, but
may authorize one or more of them to sign all papers on their behalf.

     2.12  CLAIMS PROCEDURE

     Claims for benefits under the Plan may be filed in writing with the
Administrator.  Written notice of the disposition of a claim shall be furnished
to the claimant within 90 days after the application is filed.  In the event the
claim is denied, the reasons for the denial shall be specifically set forth in
the notice in language calculated to be understood by the claimant, pertinent
provisions of the Plan shall be cited, and, where appropriate, an explanation as
to how the claimant can perfect the claim will be provided.  In addition, the
claimant shall be furnished with an explanation of the Plan's claims review
procedure.

     2.13  CLAIMS REVIEW PROCEDURE

     Any Employee, former Employee, or Beneficiary of either, who has been
denied a benefit by a decision of the Administrator pursuant to Section 2.12
shall be entitled to request the Administrator to give further consideration to
his claim by filing with the Administrator a written request for a hearing.
Such request, together with a written statement of the reasons why the claimant
believes his claim should be allowed, shall be filed with the Administrator no
later than 60 days after receipt of the written notification provided for in
Section 2.12.  The Administrator shall then conduct a hearing within the next 60
days, at which the claimant may be represented by an attorney or any other
representative of his choosing and expense and at which the claimant shall have
an opportunity to submit written and oral evidence and arguments in support of
his claim.  At the hearing (or prior thereto upon 5 business days written notice
to the Administrator) the claimant or his representative shall have an
opportunity to review all documents in the possession of the Administrator which
are pertinent to the claim at issue and its disallowance.  Either the claimant
or the Administrator may cause a court reporter to attend the hearing and record
the proceedings.  In such event, a complete written transcript of the
proceedings shall be furnished to both parties by the court reporter.  The full
expense of any such court reporter and such transcripts shall be borne by the
party causing the court reporter to attend the hearing.  A final decision as to
the allowance of the claim shall be made by the Administrator within 60 days of
receipt of the appeal (unless there has been an extension of 60 days due to
special circumstances, provided the delay and the special circumstances
occasioning it are communicated to the claimant within the 60 day period).  Such
communication shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the
claimant and shall include specific reasons for the decision and specific
references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based.

                                     -25-
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE III

                                  ELIGIBILITY

     3.1   CONDITIONS OF ELIGIBILITY

     Any Eligible Employee shall be eligible to participate hereunder on the
date he has satisfied the requirements specified in the Adoption Agreement.

     3.2   EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION

     An Eligible Employee who has become eligible to be a Participant shall
become a Participant effective as of the day specified in the Adoption
Agreement.

     In the event an Employee who has satisfied the Plan's eligibility
requirements and would otherwise have become a Participant shall go from a
classification of a noneligible Employee to an Eligible Employee, such Employee
shall become a Participant as of the date he becomes an Eligible Employee.

     In the event an Employee who has satisfied the Plan's eligibility
requirements and would otherwise become a Participant shall go from a
classification of an Eligible Employee to a noneligible Employee and becomes
ineligible to participate and has not incurred a 1-Year Break in Service, such
Employee shall participate in the Plan as of the date he returns to an eligible
class of Employees.  If such Employee does incur a 1-Year Break in Service,
eligibility will be determined under the Break in Service rules of the Plan.

     3.3   DETERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY

     The Administrator shall determine the eligibility of each Employee for
participation in the Plan based upon information furnished by the Employer.
Such determination shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons, as long as
the same is made pursuant to the Plan and the Act.  Such determination shall be
subject to review per Section 2.13.

     3.4   TERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY

     In the event a Participant shall go from a classification of an Eligible
Employee to an ineligible Employee, such Former Participant shall continue to
vest in his interest in the Plan for each Year of Service completed while a
noneligible Employee, until such time as his Participant's Account shall be
forfeited or distributed pursuant to the terms of the Plan.  Additionally, his
interest in the Plan shall continue to share in the earnings of the Trust Fund.

     3.5   OMISSION OF ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE

                                     -26-
<PAGE>
 
     If, in any Plan Year, any Employee who should be included as a Participant
in the Plan is erroneously omitted and discovery of such omission is not made
until after a contribution by his Employer for the year has been made, the
Employer shall make a subsequent contribution, if necessary after the
application of Section 4.4(e), so that the omitted Employee receives a total
amount which the said Employee would have received had he not been omitted.
Such contribution shall be made regardless of whether or not it is deductible in
whole or in part in any taxable year under applicable provisions of the Code.

     3.6   INCLUSION OF INELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE

     If, in any Plan Year, any person who should not have been included as a
Participant in the Plan is erroneously included and discovery of such incorrect
inclusion is not made until after a contribution for the year has been made, the
Employer shall not be entitled to recover the contribution made with respect to
the ineligible person regardless of whether or not a deduction is allowable with
respect to such contribution.  In such event, the amount contributed with
respect to the ineligible person shall constitute a Forfeiture for the Plan Year
in which the discovery is made.

     3.7   ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE

     An Employee may, subject to the approval of the Employer, elect voluntarily
not to participate in the Plan.  The election not to participate must be
communicated to the Employer, in writing, and may not be retroactive.  For
Standardized Plans, a Participant or an Eligible Employee may not elect not to
participate.

     3.8   CONTROL OF ENTITIES BY OWNER-EMPLOYEE

          (a)  If this Plan provides contributions or benefits for one or more
     Owner-Employees who control both the business for which this Plan is
     established and one or more other entities, this Plan and the plan
     established for other trades or businesses must, when looked at as a single
     Plan, satisfy Code Sections 401(a) and (d) for the Employees of this and
     all other entities.

          (b)  If the Plan provides contributions or benefits for one or more
     Owner-Employees who control one or more other trades or businesses, the
     employees of the other trades or businesses must be included in a plan
     which satisfies Code Sections 401(a) and (d) and which provides
     contributions and benefits not less favorable than provided for Owner-
     Employees under this Plan.

          (c)  If an individual is covered as an Owner-Employee under the plans
     of two or more trades or businesses which are not controlled and the
     individual controls a trade or business, then the benefits or contributions
     of the employees

                                     -27-
<PAGE>
 
     under the plan of the trades or businesses which are controlled must be as
     favorable as those provided for him under the most favorable plan of the
     trade or business which is not controlled.

          (d)  For purposes of the preceding paragraphs, an Owner-Employee, or
     two or more Owner-Employees, will be considered to control an entity if the
     Owner-Employee, or two or more Owner-Employees together:

               (1)  own the entire interest in an unincorporated entity, or

               (2)  in the case of a partnership, own more than 50 percent of
          either the capital interest or the profits interest in the
          partnership.

          (e)  For purposes of the preceding sentence, an Owner-Employee, or two
     or more Owner-Employees shall be treated as owning any interest in a
     partnership which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a partnership  which
     such Owner-Employee, or such two or more Owner-Employees, are considered to
     control within the meaning of the preceding sentence.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                          CONTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATION

     4.1   FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION

          (a)  For a Money Purchase Plan -

               (1)  For each Plan Year, on behalf of each Participant eligible
          to share in the allocations, the Employer shall contribute the amount
          specified in the Adoption Agreement.  All contributions by the
          Employer shall be made in cash or in such property as is acceptable to
          the Trustee.  The Employer shall be required to obtain a waiver from
          the Internal Revenue Service for any Plan Year in which it is unable
          to make the full required contribution to the Plan.

               (2)  For any Plan Year beginning prior to January 1, 1990, and if
          elected in the non-standardized Adoption Agreement for any Plan Year
          beginning on or after January 1, 1990, the Employer shall not
          contribute on behalf of a Participant who performs less than a Year of
          Service during any Plan Year, unless there is a Short Plan Year or a
          contribution is required pursuant to 4.4(h).

               (3)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employer's contribution
          for any Fiscal Year shall not exceed the

                                     -28-
<PAGE>
 
          maximum amount allowable as a deduction to the Employer under the
          provisions of Code Section 404.  However, to the extent necessary to
          provide the top heavy minimum allocations, the Employer shall make a
          contribution even if it exceeds the amount which is deductible under
          Code Section 404.

          (b)  For a Profit Sharing Plan -

               (1)  For each Plan Year, the Employer shall contribute to the
          Plan such amount as specified by the Employer in the Adoption
          Agreement.  All contributions by the Employer shall be made in cash or
          in such property as is acceptable to the Trustee.

               (2)  Except, however, to the extent necessary to provide the top
          heavy minimum allocations, the Employer shall make a contribution even
          if it exceeds current or accumulated Net Profit.

     4.2   EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION FOR TARGET BENEFIT

          (a)  The Employer shall contribute on behalf of each Participant
     eligible to share in allocations, for each Plan Year, the Level Funding
     Amount which is projected to be necessary to fund his Target Benefit,  or,
     if greater, the percentage of Compensation specified in the Adoption
     Agreement.

          (b)  For any Plan Year beginning prior to January 1, 1990, and if
     elected in the non-standardized Adoption Agreement for any Plan Year
     beginning on or after January 1, 1990, a Participant who performs less
     than a Year of Service during any Plan Year shall not share in the
     Employer's contribution for that year, unless there is a Short Plan Year or
     a contribution is required pursuant to Section 4.4(h).

          (c)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employer's contribution for
     any Fiscal Year shall not exceed the maximum amount allowable as a
     deduction to the Employer under the provisions of Code Section 404.
     However, to the extent necessary to provide the top heavy minimum
     allocations, the Employer shall make a contribution even if it exceeds the
     amount which is deductible under Code Section 404.

          (d)  The Target Benefit at Normal Retirement Date for each Participant
     shall be equal to the formula selected in the Adoption Agreement and shall
     be assumed to be a monthly pension commencing on the Participant's
     Retirement Date and continuing for the period specified in the Adoption
     Agreement as the Normal Retirement Benefit. The form of distribution of
     such benefit, however, shall be determined pursuant to the provisions of
     Section 6.5.

                                     -29-
<PAGE>
 
          (e)  A Participant's actual benefit at any point in time shall be the
     value of the Participant's Combined Account.

          (f)  The Level Funding Amount for each Participant as of his effective
     date of participation in the Plan shall be determined using either the
     factor Table or the actuarial assumptions as specified in the Adoption
     Agreement.

          If this Plan is amended to change the Target Benefit or the factor
     Table or if this Plan is an amendment and restatement of a predecessor
     plan, the Level Funding Amount shall be adjusted to reflect prior Plan
     contributions.

          (g)  The Level Funding Amount shall remain constant unless there has
     been a change in a Participant's Target Benefit.  In the event of such a
     change, the Level Funding Amount shall be increased or decreased by an
     amount equal to the level amount necessary to fund the increase or decrease
     in the Target Benefit from the Anniversary Date, when the increase or
     decrease becomes effective, to the Normal Retirement Date.

     4.3   TIME OF PAYMENT OF EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION

     The Employer shall generally pay to the Trustee its contribution to the
Plan for each Plan Year within the time prescribed by law, including extensions
of time, for the filing of the Employer's federal income tax return for the
Fiscal Year ending with or within such Plan Year.

     4.4   ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION, FORFEITURES AND EARNINGS

          (a)  The Administrator shall establish and maintain an account in the
     name of each Participant to which the Administrator shall credit as of each
     Anniversary Date, or other valuation date, all amounts allocated to each
     such Participant as set forth herein.

          (b)  The Employer shall provide the Administration with all
     information required by the Administrator to make a proper allocation of
     the Employer's contributions for each Plan Year.  Within a reasonable
     period of time after the date of receipt by the Administrator of such
     information, the Administrator shall allocate such contribution as follows:

               (1)  For a Money Purchase Plan:

                    (i)  The Employer's Contribution shall be allocated to each
               Participant's Combined Account in the manner set forth in Section
               4.1 herein and as specified in Section E2 of the Adoption
               Agreement.

               (2)  For an Integrated Profit Sharing Plan:

                                     -30-
<PAGE>
 
                    (i)    The Employer's contribution shall be allocated to
               each Participant's Account in the same proportion that each such
               Participant's Compensation for the year bears to the total
               Compensation of all Participants for such year, up to the
               percentage of Compensation specified in the Adoption Agreement.
               For Top Heavy Plan Years, this percentage shall in no event be
               less than 3%, notwithstanding any election in the Adoption
               Agreement.

                    (ii)   Any remaining contribution shall be allocated to each
               Participant's Account in the same proportion that each such
               Participant's Excess Compensation for the year bears to the total
               Excess Compensation of all Participants for such year; provided,
               however, that the percentage of Excess Compensation allocated in
               this subsection shall not exceed the percentage of Compensation
               allocated in subsection (i).

                    (iii)  Any remaining contribution shall be allocated to each
               Participant's Account in the same proportion that each such
               Participant's Compensation plus Excess Compensation bears to the
               total Compensation plus Excess Compensation of all Participants
               for such year; provided, however, that the sum of the percentage
               allocated in subsection (ii) and the percentage allocated in this
               subsection (iii) shall not exceed 5.7% (as adjusted for future
               years).

                    (iv)   The balance of the Employer's contribution over the
               amount allocated above, if any, shall be allocated to each
               Participant's Combined Account in the same proportion that his
               total Compensation for the Year bears to the total Compensation
               of all Participants for such year.  Regardless of the preceding,
               4.3% (as adjusted) shall be substituted for 5.7% (as adjusted)
               above if Excess Compensation is based on more than 20% and less
               than or equal to 80% of the Taxable Wage Base.  If Excess
               Compensation is based on less than 100% and more than 80% of the
               Taxable Wage Base, then 5.4% (as adjusted) shall be substituted
               for 5.7% (as adjusted) above.

                    (v)    Except, however, for any Plan Year beginning prior to
               January 1, 1990, and if elected in the non-standardized Adoption
               Agreement for any Plan Year beginning on or after January 1,
               1990, a Participant who performs less than a Year of Service
               during any Plan Year shall not share in the Employer's
               contribution for that year, unless there


                                     -31-
<PAGE>
 
               is a Short Plan Year or a contribution is required pursuant to
               Section 4.4(h).

               (3)  For a Non-Integrated Profit Sharing Plan:

                    (i)    The Employer's contribution shall be allocated to
               each Participant's Account in the same proportion that each such
               Participant's Compensation for the year bears to the total
               Compensation of all Participants for such year, (or under such
               other method specified in the Adoption Agreement).

                    (ii)   Except, however, for any Plan Year beginning prior to
               January 1, 1990, and if elected in the non-standardized Adoption
               Agreement for any Plan Year beginning on or after January 1,
               1990, a Participant who performs less than a Year of Service
               during any Plan Year shall not share in the Employer's
               contribution for that year, unless there is a Short Plan Year or
               a contribution is required pursuant to Section 4.4(h).

               (4)  For a Target Benefit Plan:

                    (i)    The Employer's contribution shall be allocated to
               each Participant's Combined Account in the manner set forth in
               Section 4.1.

          (c)  As of each Anniversary Date or other valuation date, before
     allocation of Employer contributions and Forfeitures, any earnings or
     losses (net appreciation or net depreciation) of the Trust Fund shall be
     allocated in the same proportion that each Participant's and Former
     Participant's nonsegregated accounts bear to the total of all Participants'
     and Former Participants' nonsegregated accounts as of such date.  If any
     nonsegregated account of a Participant has been distributed prior to the
     Anniversary Date or other valuation date subsequent to  a Participant's
     termination of employment, no earnings or losses shall be credited to such
     account.

          (d)  Participants' Accounts shall be debited for any insurance or
     annuity premiums paid, if any, and credited with any dividends or interest
     received on insurance contracts.

          (e)  As of each Anniversary Date any amounts which became Forfeitures
     since the last Anniversary Date shall first be made available to reinstate
     previously forfeited account balances of Former Participants, if any, in
     accordance with Section 6.4(g)(2) or be used to satisfy any contribution
     that may be required pursuant to Section 3.5 and/or 6.9.  The remaining
     Forfeitures, if any, shall be treated in accordance with the Adoption
     Agreement.  Provided, however, that in the event the allocation of
     Forfeitures provided herein shall


                                     -32-
<PAGE>
 
     cause the "annual addition" (as defined in Section 4.5) to any
     Participant's Account to exceed the amount allowable by the Code, the
     excess shall be reallocated in accordance with Section 4.6.  Except,
     however, for any Plan Year beginning prior to January 1, 1990, and if
     elected in the non-standardized Adoption Agreement for any Plan Year
     beginning on or after January 1, 1990, a Participant who performs less than
     a Year of Service during any Plan Year shall not share in the Plan
     Forfeitures for that year, unless there is a Short Plan Year or a
     contribution required pursuant to Section 4.4(h).

          (f)  Minimum Allocations Required for Top Heavy Plan Years:
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Top Heavy Plan Year, the sum of the
     Employer's contributions and Forfeitures allocated to the Participant's
     Combined Account of each Non-Key Employee shall be equal to at least three
     percent (3%) of such Non-Key Employee's "415 Compensation" (reduced by
     contributions and forfeitures, if any, allocated to each Non-Key Employee
     in any defined contribution plan included with this plan in a Required
     Aggregation Group).  However, if (i) the sum of the Employer's
     contributions and Forfeitures allocated to the Participant's Combined
     Account of each Key Employee for such Top Heavy Plan Year is less than
     three percent (3%) of each Key Employee's "415 Compensation" and (ii) this
     Plan is not required to be included in an Aggregation Group to enable a
     defined benefit plan to meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or
     410, the sum of the Employer's contributions and Forfeitures allocated to
     the Participant's Combined Account of each Non-Key Employee shall be equal
     to the largest percentage allocated to the Participant's Combined Account
     of any Key Employee.  However, for each Non-Key Employee who is a
     Participant in a paired Profit Sharing Plan or 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan
     and a paired Money Purchase Plan or Target Benefit Plan, the minimum 3%
     allocation specified above shall be provided in the Money Purchase Plan or
     Target Benefit Plan.  For each Non-Key Employee who is a Participant in
     this Plan and another non-paired defined contribution plan maintained by
     the Employer, the minimum 3% allocation specified above shall be provided
     as specified in F3 of the Adoption Agreement.

          (g)  For purposes of the minimum allocations set forth above, the
     percentage allocated to the Participant's Combined Account of any Key
     Employee shall be equal to the ratio of the sum of the Employer's
     contributions and Forfeitures allocated on behalf of such Key Employee
     divided by the "415 Compensation" for such Key Employee.

          (h)  For any Top Heavy Plan Year, the minimum allocations set forth in
     this Section shall be allocated to the Participant's Combined Account of
     all Non-Key Employees who are Participants and who are employed by the
     Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, including Non-Key Employees who


                                     -33-
<PAGE>
 
     have (1) failed to complete a Year of Service; (2) declined to make
     mandatory contributions (if required) to the Plan; or (3) been excluded
     from participation because of their level of Compensation.  However,
     employees included in a unit of employees covered by a collective
     bargaining agreement shall not receive any minimum allocations under this
     subsection.

          (i)  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in any Plan Year
     in which the Employer maintains both this Plan and a defined benefit
     pension plan included in a Required Aggregation Group which is top heavy,
     the Employer shall not be required to provide a Non-Key Employee with both
     the full separate minimum defined benefit plan benefit and the full
     separate defined contribution plan allocations.  Therefore, if the Employer
     maintains both a Defined Benefit and a Defined Contribution Plan that are a
     Top Heavy Group, the top heavy minimum benefits shall be provided as
     follows:

               (1)  Applies if F1b (or G1b with respect to a Target Benefit
          Plan) of the Adoption Agreement is Selected -

                    (i)    The requirements of Section 2.1 shall apply except
               that each Non-Key Employee who is a Participant in the Profit
               Sharing Plan, Target Benefit Plan or Money Purchase Plan and who
               is also a Participant in the Defined Benefit Plan shall receive a
               minimum allocation of five percent (5%) of such Participant's
               "415 Compensation" from the applicable Defined Contribution
               Plan(s).

                    (ii)   For each Non-Key Employee who is a Participant only
               in the Defined Benefit Plan the Employer will provide a minimum
               non-integrated benefit equal to 2% of his highest five
               consecutive year average "415 Compensation" for each Year of
               Service while a Participant in the Plan, in which the Plan is top
               heavy, not to exceed ten.

                    (iii)  For each Non-Key Employee who is a Participant only
               in this Defined Contribution Plan, the Employer shall   provide a
               contribution equal to the minimum allocation required under
               subsection (f).

               (2)  Applies if F1c (or G1c with respect to a Target Benefit
          Plan) of the Adoption Agreement is Selected -

                    (i)    The minimum allocation specified in Section
               4.4(i)(1)(i) shall be 7 1/2% if the Employer elects in the
               Adoption Agreement for years in which the Plan is Top Heavy, but
               not Super Top Heavy.



                                     -34-
<PAGE>
 
                    (ii)   The minimum benefit specified in Section 
               4.4(i)(1)(ii) shall be 3% if the Employer elects in the Adoption
               Agreement for years in which the Plan is Top Heavy, but not Super
               Top Heavy.

                    (iii)  The minimum allocation specified in Section
               4.4(i)(1)(iii) shall be 4% if the Employer elects in the Adoption
               Agreement for years in which the Plan is Top Heavy, but not Super
               Top Heavy.

          (j)  For the purposes of this Section, "415 Compensation" shall be
     limited to $200,000 (unless adjusted in such manner as permitted under Code
     Section 415(d)).  However, for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1,
     1989, the $200,000 limit shall apply only for Top Heavy Plan Years and
     shall not be adjusted.

          (k)  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Participant
     who terminated employment during the Plan Year shall or shall not share in
     the allocations of the Employer's Contributions and Forfeitures as provided
     in the Adoption Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for Plan Years
     beginning after 1989, if this is a standardized Plan, any such terminated
     Participant shall share in the allocations as provided in this Section
     provided such Participant completed more than 500 Hours of Service.

          (l)  If a Former Participant is reemployed after five (5) consecutive
     1-Year Breaks in Service, then separate accounts shall be maintained as
     follows:

               (1)  one account for nonforfeitable benefits attributable to pre-
          break service; and

               (2)  one account representing his employer derived account
          balance in the Plan attributable to post-break service.

          (m)  Notwithstanding any election in the Adoption Agreement to the
     contrary, if this is a non-standardized Plan that would otherwise fail to
     meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(26), 410(b)(1), or
     410(b)(2)(A)(i) and the Regulations thereunder because Employer
     Contributions have not been allocated to a sufficient number or percentage
     of Participants for a Plan Year, then the following rules shall apply:

               (1)  The group of Participants eligible to share in the
          Employer's contribution and Forfeitures for the Plan Year shall be
          expanded to include the minimum number of Participants who would not
          otherwise be eligible as are necessary to satisfy the applicable test
          specified above.  The specific participants who shall be come eligible
          under the terms of this paragraph shall be those who are


                                     -35-
<PAGE>
 
          actively employed on the last day of the Plan Year and, when compared
          to similarly situated Participants, have completed the greatest number
          of Hours of Service in the Plan Year.

               (2)  If after application of paragraph (1) above, the applicable
          test is still not satisfied, then the group of Participants eligible
          to share in the Employer's contribution and Forfeitures for the Plan
          Year shall be further expanded to include the minimum number of
          Participants who are not actively employed on the last day of the Plan
          Year as are necessary to satisfy the applicable test.  The specific
          Participants who shall become eligible to share shall be those
          Participants, when compared to similarly situated Participants, who
          have completed the greatest number of Hours of Service in the Plan
          Year before terminating employment.  Nothing in this Section shall
          permit the reduction of a Participant's accrued benefit.  Therefore
          any amounts that have previously been allocated to Participants may
          not be reallocated to satisfy these requirements.  In such event, the
          Employer shall make an additional contribution equal to the amount
          such affected Participants would have received had they been included
          in the allocations, even if it exceeds the amount which would be
          deductible under Code Section 404.  Any adjustment to the allocations
          pursuant to this paragraph shall be considered a retroactive amendment
          adopted by the last day of the Plan Year.

     4.5   MAXIMUM ANNUAL ADDITIONS

          (a)  (1)  If the Participant does not participate in, and has never
          participated in another qualified plan maintained by the Employer, or
          a welfare benefit fund (as defined in Code Section 419(e)), maintained
          by the Employer, or an individual medical account (as defined in Code
          Section 415(l)(2)) maintained by the Employer, which provides Annual
          Additions, the amount of Annual Additions which may be credited to the
          Participant's accounts for any Limitation Year shall not exceed the
          lesser of the Maximum Permissible Amount or any other limitation
          contained in this Plan.  If the Employer contribution that would
          otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant's accounts
          would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed the
          Maximum Permissible Amount, the amount contributed or allocated will
          be reduced or reallocated so that the Annual Additions for the
          Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Permissible Amount.

               (2)  Prior to determining the Participant's actual Compensation
          for the Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the Maximum
          Permissible Amount for a

                                     -36-
<PAGE>
 
          Participant on the basis of a reasonable estimation of the
          Participant's Compensation for the Limitation Year, uniformly
          determined for all Participants similarly situated.

               (3)  As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the
          Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for such Limitation
          Year shall be determined on the basis of the Participant's actual
          compensation for such Limitation Year.

               (4)  If pursuant to Section 4.5(a)(2) or as a result of the
          allocation of Forfeitures, or under such other circumstances which the
          Commissioner finds justify such treatment there is an Excess Amount,
          the excess will be disposed of as follows:

                    (i)    Any nondeductible Voluntary Employee Contributions,
               to the extent they would reduce the Excess Amount, will be
               returned to the Participant;

                    (ii)   If this Plan is a profit-sharing plan (or a money
               purchase plan which allocates forfeitures), and an excess amount
               still exists after the application of paragraph (i), then the
               excess amount shall be allocated and reallocated in accordance
               with Section 4.4 to other Plan Participants.  If  after such
               allocation and reallocation an excess amount still exists, such
               amount shall be held in an unallocated suspense account to be
               allocated and reallocated in the next Limitation Year (and
               succeeding Limitation Years if necessary) in accordance with
               Section 4.4.  The suspense account shall be allocated prior to
               any Employer or Participant contributions for such succeeding
               Limitation Year(s).

                    (iii)  If this Plan is a money purchase pension plan which
               does not allocate forfeitures, and an excess amount still exists
               after the application of paragraph (i), then the excess amount
               shall be held in an unallocated suspense account, which shall be
               used to reduce future Employer contributions for all remaining
               Participants in the next Limitation Year (and succeeding
               Limitation Years, if necessary.)

                    (iv)   If a suspense account is in existence at any time
               during a Limitation Year pursuant to this Section, it will not
               participate in the allocation of investment gains and losses.  If
               a suspense account is in existence at any time during a
               particular limitation year, all amounts in the suspense account
               must be allocated and reallocated

                                     -37-
<PAGE>
 
               to participants' accounts before any employer contributions or
               any employee contributions may be made to the plan for that
               limitation year.  Excess amounts may not be distributed to
               participants or former participants.

          (b) (1)  This subsection applies if, in addition to this Plan, the
          Participant is covered under another qualified Prototype defined
          contribution plan maintained by the Employer, or a welfare benefit
          fund (as defined in Code Section 419(e)) maintained by the Employer,
          or an individual medical account (as defined in Code Section
          415(l)(2)) maintained by the Employer, which provides Annual
          Additions, during any Limitation Year.  The Annual Additions which may
          be credited to a Participant's accounts under this Plan for any such
          Limitation Year shall not exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount
          reduced by the Annual Additions credited to a Participant's accounts
          under the other plans and welfare benefit funds for the same
          Limitation Year.  If the Annual Additions with respect to the
          Participant under other defined contribution plans and welfare benefit
          funds maintained by the Employer are less than the Maximum Permissible
          Amount and the Employer contribution that would otherwise be
          contributed or allocated to the Participant's accounts under this Plan
          would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed
          this limitation, the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced
          so that the Annual Additions under all such plans and welfare benefit
          funds for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Permissible
          Amount.  If the Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under
          such other defined contribution plans and welfare benefit funds in the
          aggregate are equal to or greater than the Maximum Permissible Amount,
          no amount will be contributed or allocated to the Participant's
          account under this Plan for the Limitation Year.

               (2)  Prior to determining the Participant's actual Compensation
          for the Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the Maximum
          Permissible Amount for a Participant in the manner described in
          Section 4.5(a)(2).

               (3)  As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the
          Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation
          Year will be determined on the basis of the Participant's actual
          Compensation for the Limitation Year.

               (4)  If, pursuant to Section 4.5(b)(2) or as a result of the
          allocation of Forfeitures, a Participant's Annual Additions under this
          Plan and such other plans would result in an Excess Amount for a
          Limitation Year, the Excess Amount will be deemed to consist of the
          Annual
<PAGE>
 
          Additions last allocated, except that Annual Additions attributable to
          a welfare benefit fund or individual medical account will be deemed to
          have been allocated first regardless of the actual allocation date.

               (5)  If an Excess Amount was allocated to a Participant on an
          allocation date of this Plan which coincides with an allocation date
          of another plan, the Excess Amount attributed to this Plan will be the
          product of,

                    (i)    the total Excess Amount allocated as of such date,
               times

                    (ii)   the ratio of (1) the Annual Additions allocated to
               the Participant for the Limitation Year as of such date under
               this Plan to (2) the total Annual Additions allocated to the
               Participant for the Limitation Year as of such date under this
               and all the other qualified defined contribution plans.

               (6)  Any Excess Amount attributed to this Plan will be disposed
          in the manner described in Section 4.5(a)(4).

          (c)  If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined
     contribution plan maintained by the Employer which is not a Prototype Plan,
     Annual Additions which may be credited to the Participant's account under
     this Plan for any Limitation Year will be limited in accordance with
     Section 4.5(b), unless the Employer provides other limitations in the
     Adoption Agreement.

          (d)  If the Employer maintains, or at any time maintained, a qualified
     defined benefit plan covering any Participant in this Plan the sum of the
     Participant's Defined Benefit Plan Fraction and Defined Contribution Plan
     Fraction will not exceed 1.0 in any Limitation Year. The Annual Additions
     which may be credited to the Participant's account under this Plan for any
     Limitation Year will be limited in accordance with the Limitation on
     Allocations Section of the Adoption Agreement.

          Except, however, if the Plans are standardized paired plans, the rate
     of accrual in the defined benefit plan will be reduced to the extent
     necessary so that the sum of the Defined Contribution Fraction and Defined
     Benefit Fraction will equal 1.0.

          (e)  For purposes of applying the limitations of Code Section 415, the
     transfer of funds from one qualified plan to another is not an "annual
     addition".  In addition, the following are not Employee contributions for
     the purposes of Section 4.5(f)(1)(2):


                                     -39-
<PAGE>
 
               (1)  rollover contributions (as defined in Code Sections
          402(a)(5), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8) and 408(d)(3));

               (2)  repayments of loans made to a Participant from the Plan;

               (3)  repayments of distributions received by an Employee pursuant
          to Code Section 411(a)(7)(B) (cash-outs);

               (4)  repayments of distributions received by an Employee pursuant
          to Code Section 411(a)(3)(D) (mandatory contributions); and

               (5)  Employee contributions to a simplified employee pension
          excludable from gross income under Code Section 408(k)(6).

          (f)  For purposes of this Section, the following terms shall be
     defined as follows:

               (1)  Annual Additions means the sum credited to a Participant's
          accounts for any Limitation Year of (1) Employer contributions, (2)
          effective with respect to "limitation years" beginning after December
          31, 1986, Employee contributions, (3) forfeitures, (4) amounts
          allocated, after March 31, 1984, to an individual medical account, as
          defined in Code Section 415(l)(2), which is part of a pension or
          annuity plan maintained by the Employer and (5) amounts derived from
          contributions paid or accrued after December 31, 1985, in taxable
          years ending after such date, which are attributable to post-
          retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a key
          employee (as defined in Code Section 419A(d)(3)) under a welfare
          benefit fund (as defined in Code Section 419(e)) maintained by the
          Employer.  Except, however, the "415 Compensation" percentage
          limitation referred to in paragraph (a)(2) above shall not apply to:
          (1) any contribution for medical benefits (within the meaning of Code
          Section 419A(f)(2)) after separation from service which is otherwise
          treated as an "annual addition", or (2) any amount otherwise treated
          as an "annual addition" under Code Section 415(l)(1). Notwithstanding
          the foregoing, for "limitation years" beginning prior to January 1,
          1987, only that portion of Employee contributions equal to the lesser
          of Employee contributions in excess of six percent (6%) of "415
          Compensation" or one-half of Employee contributions shall be
          considered an "annual addition".  For this purpose, any Excess Amount
          applied under Sections 4.5(a)(4) and 4.5(b)(6) in the Limitation Year
          to reduce Employer contributions shall be considered Annual Additions
          for such Limitation Year.


                                     -40-
<PAGE>
 
               (2)  Compensation means a Participant's earned income, wages,
          salaries, fees for professional services and other amounts received
          for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment
          with the Employer maintaining the Plan (including, but not limited to,
          commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a
          percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, and
          bonuses) and excluding the following:

                    (i)    Employer contributions to a plan of deferred
               compensation which are not includible in the Employee's gross
               income for the taxable year in which contributed, or Employer
               contributions under a simplified employee pension plan to the
               extent such contributions are excludable from the Employee's
               gross income, or any distributions from a plan of deferred
               compensation;

                    (ii)   contributions made by the Employer to a plan of
               deferred compensation to the extent that all or a portion of such
               contributions are recharacterized as a voluntary Employee
               contribution;

                    (iii)  amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified
               stock option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by an
               Employee becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a
               substantial risk of forfeiture;

                    (iv)   amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other
               disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and

                    (v)    other amounts which received special tax benefits, or
               contributions made by an Employer (whether or not under a salary
               reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity contract
               described in Code Section 403(b) (whether or not the
               contributions are excludable from the gross income of the
               Employee).  For purposes of applying the limitations of this
               Section 4.5, Compensation for any Limitation Year is the
               Compensation actually paid or includible in gross income during
               such year.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Compensation
               for a Participant in a profit-sharing plan who is permanently and
               totally disabled (as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3)) is the
               Compensation such Participant would have received for the
               Limitation Year if the Participant had been paid at the rate of
               Compensation paid immediately before becoming permanently and
               totally disabled; such imputed Compensation for the disabled

                                     -41-
<PAGE>
 
               Participant may be taken into account only if the Participant is
               not a Highly Compensated Employee and contributions made on
               behalf of such Participant are nonforfeitable when made.

               (3)  Defined Benefit Fraction means a fraction, the numerator of
          which is the sum of the Participant's Projected Annual Benefits under
          all the defined benefit plans (whether or not terminated) maintained
          by the Employer, and the denominator of which is the lesser of 125
          percent of the dollar limitation determined for the Limitation Year
          under Code Sections 415(b) and (d) or 140 percent of his Highest
          Average Compensation including any adjustments under Code Section
          415(b).  Notwithstanding the above, if the Participant was a
          Participant as of the first day of the first Limitation Year beginning
          after December 31, 1986, in one or more defined benefit plans
          maintained by the Employer which were in existence on May 6, 1986, the
          denominator of this fraction will not be less than 125 percent of the
          sum of the annual benefits under such plans which the Participant had
          accrued as of the end of the close of the last Limitation Year
          beginning before January 1, 1987, disregarding any changes in the
          terms and conditions of the plan after May 5, 1986.  The preceding
          sentence applies only if the defined benefit plans individually and in
          the aggregate satisfied the requirements of Code Section 415 for all
          Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 1987.  Notwithstanding
          the foregoing, for any Top Heavy Plan Year, 100 shall be substituted
          for 125 unless the extra minimum allocation is being made pursuant to
          the Employer's election in F1 of the Adoption Agreement.  However, for
          any Plan Year in which this Plan is a Super Top Heavy Plan, 100 shall
          be substituted for 125 in any event.

               (4)  Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation means $30,000, or, if
          greater, one-fourth of the defined benefit dollar limitation set forth
          in Code Section 415(b)(1) as in effect for the Limitation Year.

               (5)  Defined Contribution Fraction means a fraction, the
          numerator of which is the sum of the Annual Additions to the
          Participant's account under all the defined contribution plans
          (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer for the current
          and all prior Limitation Years, (including the Annual Additions
          attributable to the Participant's nondeductible voluntary employee
          contributions to any defined benefit plans, whether or not terminated,
          maintained by the Employer and the annual additions attributable to
          all welfare benefit funds, as defined in Code Section 419(e), and
          individual medical accounts, as defined in Code Section 415(l)(2),
          maintained by the Employer), and the denominator of which

                                     -42-
<PAGE>
 
          is the sum of the maximum aggregate amounts for the current and all
          prior Limitation Years of Service with the Employer (regardless of
          whether a defined contribution plan was maintained by the Employer).
          The maximum aggregate amount in any Limitation Year is the lesser of
          125 percent of the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation or 35
          percent of the Participant's Compensation for such year.  For
          Limitation Years beginning prior to January 1, 1987, the "annual
          addition" shall not be recomputed to treat all Employee contributions
          as an Annual Addition.  If the Employee was a Participant as of the
          end of the first day of the first Limitation Year beginning after
          December 31, 1986, in one or more defined contribution plans
          maintained by the Employer which were in existence on May 5, 1986, the
          numerator of this fraction will be adjusted if the sum of this
          fraction and the Defined Benefit Fraction would otherwise exceed 1.0
          under the terms of this Plan.  Under the adjustment, an amount equal
          to the product of (1) the excess of the sum of the fractions over 1.0
          times (2) the denominator of this fraction, will be permanently
          subtracted from the numerator of this fraction.  The adjustment is
          calculated using the fractions as they would be computed as of the end
          of the last Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987, and
          disregarding any changes in the terms and conditions of the plan made
          after May 5, 1986, but using the Code Section 415 limitation
          applicable to the first Limitation Year beginning on or after January
          1, 1987.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Top Heavy Plan Year,
          100 shall be substituted for 125 unless the extra minimum allocation
          is being made pursuant to the Employer's election in F1 of the
          Adoption Agreement.  However, for any Plan Year in which this Plan is
          a Super Top Heavy Plan, 100 shall be substituted for 125 in any event.

               (6)  Employer means the Employer that adopts this Plan and all
          Affiliated Employers.  For purposes of determining Affiliated
          Employers under this Section, the rules of Code Sections 414(b) and
          (c) shall be modified in accordance with Code Section 415(h).

               (7)  Excess Amount means the excess of the Participant's Annual
          Additions for the Limitation Year over the Maximum Permissible Amount.

               (8)  Highest Average Compensation means the average Compensation
          for the three consecutive Years of Service with the Employer that
          produces the highest average.  A Year of Service with the Employer is
          the 12 consecutive month period defined in Section E1 of the Adoption
          Agreement which is used to determine Compensation under the Plan.

                                     -43-
<PAGE>
 
               (9)   Limitation Year means the Compensation Year (a 12
          consecutive month period) as elected by the Employer in the Adoption
          Agreement.  All qualified plans maintained by the Employer must use
          the same Limitation Year. If the Limitation Year is amended to a
          different 12 consecutive month period, the new Limitation Year must
          begin on a date within the Limitation Year in which the amendment is
          made.

               (10)  Master or Prototype Plan means a plan the form of which is
          the subject of a favorable opinion letter from the Internal Revenue
          Service.

               (11)  Maximum Permissible Amount means the maximum Annual
          Addition that may be contributed or allocated to a Participant's
          account under the plan for any Limitation Year, which shall not exceed
          the lesser of:

                    (i)    the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation, or

                    (ii)   25 percent of the Participant's Compensation for the
               Limitation Year.  The Compensation Limitation referred to in (ii)
               shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits (within
               the meaning of Code Sections 401(h) or 419A(f)(2)) which is
               otherwise treated as an annual addition under Code Sections
               415(l)(1) or 419A(d)(2).

     If a short Limitation Year is created because of an amendment changing the
Limitation Year to a different 12 consecutive month period, the Maximum
Permissible Amount will not exceed the Defined Contribution Dollar Contribution
multiplied by the following fraction:

                 number of months in the short Limitation Year
                 ---------------------------------------------
                                       12

               (12)  Projected Annual Benefit means the annual retirement
          benefit (adjusted to an actuarially equivalent straight life annuity
          if such benefit is expressed in a form other than a straight life
          annuity or qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity) to which the
          Participant would be entitled under the terms of the plan assuming:

               (13)  the Participant will continue employment until Normal
          Retirement Age (or current age, if later), and

               (14)  the Participant's Compensation for the current Limitation
          Year and all other relevant factors used to determine benefits under
          the Plan will remain constant for all future Limitation Years.

                                     -44-
<PAGE>
 
           (g)  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section to the
     contrary, the limitations, adjustments and other requirements prescribed in
     this Section shall at all times comply with the provisions of Code Section
     415 and the Regulations thereunder, the terms of which are specifically
     incorporated herein by reference.

     4.6   ADJUSTMENT FOR EXCESSIVE ANNUAL ADDITIONS

           (a)  If as a result of the allocation of Forfeitures, a reasonable
     error in estimating a Participant's annual Compensation, or other facts and
     circumstances to which Regulation 1.415-6(b)(6) shall be applicable, the
     "annual additions" under this Plan would cause the maximum provided in
     Section 4.5 to be exceeded, the Administrator shall treat the excess in
     accordance with Section 4.5(a)(4).

     4.7   TRANSFERS FROM QUALIFIED PLANS

           (a)  If specified in the Adoption Agreement and with the consent of
     the Administrator, amounts may be transferred from other qualified plans,
     provided that the trust from which such funds are transferred permits the
     transfer to be made and the transfer will not jeopardize the tax exempt
     status of the Plan or create adverse tax consequences for the Employer. The
     amounts transferred shall be set up in a separate account herein referred
     to as a "Participant's Rollover Account". Such account shall be fully
     Vested at all times and shall not be subject to forfeiture for any reason.

           (b)  A Participant may, upon written request delivered to the
     Administrator, make withdrawals from his Participant's Rollover Account.
     Any distribution shall be made in a manner which is consistent with and
     satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5, including, but not limited to, all
     notice and consent requirements of Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the
     Regulations thereunder.

           (c)  Amounts attributable to elective contributions (as defined in
     Regulation 1.401(k)-1(g)(4)), including amounts treated as elective
     contributions, which are transferred from another qualified plan in a plan-
     to-plan transfer shall be subject to the distribution limitations provided
     for in Regulation 1.401(k)-1(d).

           (d)  At Normal Retirement Date, or such other date when the
     Participant or his Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive benefits, the
     fair market value of the Participant's Rollover Account shall be used to
     provide additional benefits to the Participant or his Beneficiary. Any
     distributions of amounts held in a Participant's Rollover Account shall be
     made in a manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of
     Section 6.5, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent
     requirements of Code Sections 411(a)(11)

                                     -45-
<PAGE>
 
     and 417 and the Regulations thereunder. Furthermore, such amounts shall be
     considered as part of a Participant's benefit in determining whether an
     involuntary cash-out of benefits without Participant consent may be made.

          (e)  The Administrator may direct that employee transfers made after a
     valuation date be segregated into a separate account for each Participant
     until such time as the allocations pursuant to this Plan have been made, at
     which time they may remain segregated or be invested as part of the general
     Trust Fund, to be determined by the Administrator.

          (f)  For purposes of this Section, the term "qualified plan" shall
     mean any tax qualified plan under Code Section 401(a). The term "amounts
     transferred from other qualified plans" shall mean:

               (i)    amounts transferred to this Plan directly from another
          qualified plan;

               (ii)   lump-sum distributions received by an Employee from
          another qualified plan which are eligible for tax free rollover to a
          qualified plan and which are transferred by the Employee to this Plan
          within sixty (60) days following his receipt thereof;

               (iii)  amounts transferred to this Plan from a conduit individual
          retirement account provided that the conduit individual retirement
          account has no assets other than assets which (A) were previously
          distributed to the Employee by another qualified plan as a lump-sum
          distribution (B) were eligible for tax-free rollover to a qualified
          plan and (C) were deposited in such conduit individual retirement
          account within sixty (60) days of receipt thereof and other than
          earnings on said assets; and

               (iv)   amounts distributed to the Employee from a conduit
          individual retirement account meeting the requirements of clause (iii)
          above, and transferred by the Employee to this Plan within sixty (60)
          days of his receipt thereof from such conduit individual retirement
          account.

          (g)  Prior to accepting any transfers to which this Section applies,
     the Administrator may require the Employee to establish that the amounts to
     be transferred to this Plan meet the requirements of this Section and may
     also require the Employee to provide an opinion of counsel satisfactory to
     the Employer that the amounts to be transferred meet the requirements of
     this Section.

          (h)  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a transfer
     directly to this Plan from another qualified plan (or

                                     -46-
<PAGE>
 
     a transaction having the effect of such a transfer) shall only be permitted
     if it will not result in the elimination or reduction of any "Section
     411(d)(6) protected benefit" as described in Section 8.1.

     4.8  VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS

          (a)  If this is an amendment to a Plan that had previously allowed
     voluntary Employee contributions, such contributions shall be maintained,
     but, except as provided in 4.8(b) below, this Plan will not accept
     voluntary Employee contributions for Plan Years beginning after the Plan
     Year in which this Plan is adopted by the Employer.

          (b)  For 401(k) Plans, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, each
     Participant may, at the discretion of the Administrator in a
     nondiscriminatory manner, elect to voluntarily contribute a portion of his
     compensation earned while a Participant under this Plan. Such contributions
     shall be paid to the Trustee within a reasonable period of time but in no
     event later than 90 days after the receipt of the contribution.

          (c)  The balance in each Participant's Voluntary Contribution Account
     shall be fully Vested at all times and shall not be subject to Forfeiture
     for any reason.

          (d)  A Participant may elect to withdraw his voluntary contributions
     from his Voluntary Contribution Account and the actual earnings thereon in
     a manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Section
     6.5, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of
     Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder. If the
     Administrator maintains sub-accounts with respect to voluntary
     contributions (and earnings thereon) which were made on or before a
     specified date, a Participant shall be permitted to designate which sub-
     account shall be the source for his withdrawal. No Forfeitures shall occur
     solely as a result of an Employee's withdrawal of Employee contributions.
     In the event such a withdrawal is made, or in the event a Participant has
     received a hardship distribution pursuant to Regulation 1.401(k)-
     1(d)(2)(iii)(B) from any plan maintained by the Employer, then such
     Participant shall be barred from making any voluntary contributions for a
     period of twelve (12) months after receipt of the withdrawal or
     distribution.

          (e)  At Normal Retirement Date, or such other date when the
     Participant or his Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive benefits, the
     fair market value of the Voluntary Contribution Account shall be used to
     provide additional benefits to the Participant or his Beneficiary.

          (f)  The Administrator may direct that voluntary contributions made
     after a valuation date be segregated into

                                     -47-
<PAGE>
 
     a separate account until such time as the allocations pursuant to this Plan
     have been made, at which time they may remain segregated or be invested as
     part of the general Trust Fund, to be determined by the Administrator.

     4.9  DIRECTED INVESTMENT ACCOUNT

          (a)  If elected in the Adoption Agreement, all Participants may direct
     the Trustee as to the investment of all or a portion of any one or more of
     their individual account balances.  Participants may direct the Trustee in
     writing to invest their account in specific assets as permitted by the
     Administrator provided such investments are in accordance with final
     Department of Labor regulations and are permitted by the Plan.  That
     portion of the account of any Participant so directing will thereupon be
     considered a Directed Investment Account.

          (b)  A separate Directed Investment Account shall be established for
     each Participant who has directed an investment.  Transfers between the
     Participant's regular account and their Directed Investment Account shall
     be charged and credited as the case may be to each account.  The Directed
     Investment Account shall not share in Trust Fund Earnings, but it shall be
     charged or credited as appropriate with the net earnings, gains, losses and
     expenses as well as any appreciation or depreciation in market value during
     each Plan Year attributable to such account.

          (c)  The Administrator shall establish a procedure, to be applied in a
     uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, setting forth the permissible
     investment options under this Section, how often changes between
     investments may be made, and any other limitations that the Administrator
     shall impose on a Participant's right to direct investments.

     4.10  ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS

     In the event this Plan previously provided for voluntary or mandatory
Employee contributions, then, with respect to Plan Years beginning after
December 31, 1986, such contributions must satisfy the provisions of Code
Section 401(m) and the Regulations thereunder.

     4.11  INTEGRATION IN MORE THAN ONE PLAN

     If the Employer and/or an Affiliated Employer maintain qualified retirement
plans integrated with Social Security such that any Participant in this Plan is
covered under more than one of such plans, then such plans will be considered to
be one plan and will be considered to be integrated if the extent of the
integration of all such plans does not exceed 100%.  For purposes of the
preceding sentence, the extent of integration of a plan is the ratio, expressed
as a percentage, which the actual benefits,

                                     -48-
<PAGE>
 
benefit rate, offset rate, or employer contribution rate, whatever is
applicable, under the Plan bears to the limitation applicable to such Plan. If
the Employer maintains two or more standardized paired plans, only one plan may
be integrated with Social Security.


                                   ARTICLE V

                                   VALUATIONS

     5.1  VALUATION OF THE TRUST FUND

     The Administrator shall direct the Trustee, as of each Anniversary Date,
and at such other date or dates deemed necessary by the Administrator, herein
called "valuation date", to determine the net worth of the assets comprising the
Trust Fund as it exists on the "valuation date".  In determining such net worth,
the Trustee shall value the assets comprising the Trust Fund at their fair
market value as of the "valuation date" and may deduct all expenses for which
the Trustee has not yet obtained reimbursement from the Employer or the Trust
Fund.

     5.2  METHOD OF VALUATION

     In determining the fair market value of securities held in the Trust Fund
which are listed on a registered stock exchange, the Administrator shall direct
the Trustee to value the same at the prices they were last traded on such
exchange preceding the close of business on the "valuation date".  If such
securities were not traded on the "valuation date", or if the exchange on which
they are traded was not open for business on the "valuation date", then the
securities shall be valued at the prices at which they were last traded prior to
the "valuation date".  Any unlisted security held in the Trust Fund shall be
valued at its bid price next preceding the close of business on the "valuation
date", which bid price shall be obtained from a registered broker or an
investment banker.  In determining the fair market value of assets other than
securities for which trading or bid prices can be obtained, the Trustee may
appraise such assets itself, or in its discretion, employ one or more appraisers
for that purpose and rely on the values established by such appraiser or
appraisers.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                   DETERMINATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

     6.1  DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON RETIREMENT

     Every Participant may terminate his employment with the Employer and retire
for the purposes hereof on or after his Normal Retirement Date or Early
Retirement Date.  Upon such Normal Retirement Date or Early Retirement Date, all
amounts credited to such Participant's Combined Account shall become
distributable in

                                     -49-
<PAGE>
 
accordance with the further provisions of this Article.  However, a Participant
may postpone the termination of his employment with the Employer to a later
date, in which event the participation of such Participant in the Plan,
including the right to receive allocations pursuant to Section 4.4, shall
continue until his Late Retirement Date.  Upon a Participant's Retirement Date,
or as soon thereafter as is practicable, the Administrator shall direct the
distribution of all amounts credited to such Participant's Combined Account in
accordance with the further provisions of this Article.

     6.2  DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH

          (a)  Upon the death of a Participant before his Retirement Date or
     other termination of his employment, all amounts credited to such
     Participant's Combined Account shall become fully Vested.  The
     Administrator shall direct, in accordance with the further provisions of
     this Article, the distribution of the deceased Participant's accounts to
     the Participant's Beneficiary.

          (b)  Upon the death of a Former Participant, the Administrator shall
     direct, in accordance with the further provisions of this Article, the
     distribution of any remaining amounts credited to the accounts of such
     deceased Former Participant to such Former Participant's Beneficiary.

          (c)  The Administrator may require such proper proof of death and such
     evidence of the right of any person to receive payment of the value of the
     account of a deceased Participant or Former Participant as the  58
     Administrator may deem desirable.  The Administrator's determination of
     death and of the right of any person to receive payment shall be
     conclusive.

          (d)  Unless otherwise elected in the manner prescribed in Section 6.6,
     the Beneficiary of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall be the
     Participant's spouse.  Except, however, the Participant may designate a
     Beneficiary other than his spouse for the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity
     if:

               (1)  the Participant and his spouse have validly waived the Pre-
          Retirement Survivor Annuity in the manner prescribed in Section 6.6,
          and the spouse has waived his or her right to be the Participant's
          Beneficiary, or

               (2)  the Participant is legally separated or has been abandoned
          (within the meaning of local law) and the Participant has a court
          order to such effect (and there is no "qualified domestic relations
          order" as defined in Code Section 414(p) which provides otherwise), or

               (3)  the Participant has no spouse, or

               (4)  the spouse cannot be located.

                                     -50-
<PAGE>
 
     In such event, the designation of a Beneficiary shall be made on a form
     satisfactory to the Administrator.  A Participant may at any time revoke
     his designation of a Beneficiary or change his Beneficiary by filing
     written notice of such revocation or change with the Administrator.
     However, the Participant's spouse must again consent in writing to any
     change in Beneficiary unless the original consent acknowledged that the
     spouse had the right to limit consent only to a specific Beneficiary and
     that the spouse voluntarily elected to relinquish such right.  The
     Participant may, at any time, designate a Beneficiary for death benefits
     payable under the Plan that are in excess of the Pre-Retirement Survivor
     Annuity.  In the event no valid designation of Beneficiary exists at the
     time of the Participant's death, the death benefit shall be payable to his
     estate.  (e) If the Plan provides an insured death benefit and a
     Participant dies before any insurance coverage to which he is entitled
     under the Plan is effected, his death benefit from such insurance coverage
     shall be limited to the standard rated premium which was or should have
     been used for such purpose.

          (f)  In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Plan and
     the terms of any Contract issued hereunder, the Plan provisions shall
     control.

     6.3  DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS IN EVENT OF DISABILITY

     In the event of a Participant's Total and Permanent Disability prior to his
Retirement Date or other termination of his employment, all amounts credited to
such Participant's Combined Account shall become fully Vested.  In the event of
a Participant's Total and Permanent Disability, the Administrator, in accordance
with the further provisions of this Article, shall direct the distribution to
such Participant of all amounts credited to such Participant's Combined Account
as though he had retired.

     6.4  DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION

          (a)  In the event of a Participant's termination of employment for any
     reason other than retirement, death, or Total and Permanent Disability, the
     Administrator may direct that the amount of the Vested portion of such
     Terminated Participant's Combined Account be segregated and invested
     separately.  In the event the Vested portion of a Participant's Combined
     Account is not segregated, the amount shall remain in a separate account
     for the Terminated Participant and share in allocations pursuant to Section
     4.4 until such time as a distribution is made to the Terminated
     Participant.  The amount of the portion of the Participant's Combined
     Account which is not Vested may be credited to a separate account (which
     will always share in gains and losses of the Trust Fund) and at such time
     as the amount becomes a Forfeiture shall be treated in accordance with the
     provisions of the Plan regarding Forfeitures.  Regardless of whether

                                     -51-
<PAGE>
 
     distributions in kind are permitted, in the event that the amount of the
     Vested portion of the Terminated Participant's Combined Account equals or
     exceeds the fair market value of any insurance Contracts, the Trustee, when
     so directed by the Administrator and agreed to by the Terminated
     Participant, shall assign, transfer, and set over to such Terminated
     Participant all Contracts on his life in such form or with such
     endorsements, so that the settlement options and forms of payment are
     consistent  60  with the provisions of Section 6.5.  In the event that the
     Terminated Participant's Vested portion does not at least equal the fair
     market value of the Contracts, if any, the Terminated Participant may pay
     over to the Trustee the sum needed to make the distribution equal to the
     value of the Contracts being assigned or transferred, or the Trustee,
     pursuant to the Participant's election, may borrow the cash value of the
     Contracts from the Insurer so that the value of the Contracts is equal to
     the Vested portion of the Terminated Participant's Combined Account and
     then assign the Contracts to the Terminated Participant.  Distribution of
     the funds due to a Terminated Participant shall be made on the occurrence
     of an event which would result in the distribution had the Terminated
     Participant remained in the employ of the Employer (upon the Participant's
     death, Total and Permanent Disability, Early or Normal Retirement).
     However, at the election of the Participant, the Administrator shall direct
     that the entire Vested portion of the Terminated Participant's Combined
     Account to be payable to such Terminated Participant provided the
     conditions, if any, set forth in the Adoption Agreement have been
     satisfied.  Any distribution under this paragraph shall be made in
     accordance with the further provisions of this Article in a manner which is
     consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5, including but
     not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code Sections
     411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder.  Notwithstanding the
     above, if the value of a Terminated Participant's Vested benefit derived
     from Employer and Employee contributions does not exceed, and at the time
     of any prior distribution, has never exceeded $3,500, the Administrator
     shall direct that the entire Vested benefit be paid to such Participant in
     accordance with the further provisions of this Article in a single lump-sum
     without regard to the consent of the Participant or the Participant's
     spouse.  A Participant's Vested benefit shall not include Qualified
     Voluntary Employee Contributions within the meaning of Code Section
     72(o)(5)(B) for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1989.

          (b)  The Vested portion of any Participant's Account shall be a
     percentage of such Participant's Account determined on the basis of the
     Participant's number of Years of Service according to the vesting schedule
     specified in the Adoption Agreement.

                                     -52-
<PAGE>
 
          (c)  For any Top Heavy Plan Year, one of the minimum top heavy vesting
     schedules as elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement will
     automatically apply to the Plan.  The minimum top heavy vesting schedule
     applies to all benefits within the meaning of Code Section 411(a)(7) except
     those attributable to Employee contributions, including benefits accrued
     before the effective date of Code Section 416 and benefits accrued before
     the Plan became top heavy.  Further, no decrease in a Participant's Vested
     percentage may occur in the event the Plan's status as top heavy changes
     for any Plan Year.  However, this Section does not apply to the account
     balances of any Employee who does not have an Hour of Service after the
     Plan has initially become top heavy and the Vested percentage of such
     Employee's Participant's Account shall be determined without regard to this
     Section 6.4(c).  If in any subsequent Plan Year, the Plan ceases to be a
     Top Heavy Plan, the Administrator shall continue to use the vesting
     schedule in effect while the Plan was a Top Heavy Plan for each Employee
     who had an Hour of Service during a Plan Year when the Plan was Top Heavy.

          (d)  Notwithstanding the vesting schedule above, upon the complete
     discontinuance of the Employer's contributions to the Plan or upon any full
     or partial termination of the Plan, all amounts credited to the account of
     any affected Participant shall become 100% Vested and shall not thereafter
     be subject to Forfeiture.

          (e)  If this is an amended or restated Plan, then notwithstanding the
     vesting schedule specified in the Adoption Agreement, the Vested percentage
     of a Participant's Account shall not be less than the Vested percentage
     attained as of the later of the effective date or adoption date of this
     amendment and restatement.  The computation of a Participant's
     nonforfeitable percentage of his interest in the Plan  62  shall not be
     reduced as the result of any direct or indirect amendment to this Article,
     or due to changes in the Plan's status as a Top Heavy Plan.

          (f)  If the Plan's vesting schedule is amended, or if the Plan is
     amended in any way that directly or indirectly affects the computation of
     the Participant's nonforfeitable percentage or if the Plan is deemed
     amended by an automatic change to a top heavy vesting schedule, then each
     Participant with at least 3 Years of Service as of the expiration date of
     the election period may elect to have his nonforfeitable percentage
     computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment or change.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, for Plan Years beginning before January 1,
     1989, or with respect to Employees who fail to complete at least one (1)
     Hour of Service in a Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1988, five (5)
     shall be substituted for three (3) in the preceding sentence.  If a
     Participant fails to make such election, then such Participant shall be
     subject to the new vesting schedule.

                                     -53-
<PAGE>
 
     The Participant's election period shall commence on the adoption date of
     the amendment and shall end 60 days after the latest of: (1) the adoption
     date of the amendment, (2) the effective date of the amendment, or (3) the
     date the Participant receives written notice of the amendment from the
     Employer or Administrator.

          (g) (1)  If any Former Participant shall be reemployed by the Employer
          before a 1-Year Break in Service occurs, he shall continue to
          participate in the Plan in the same manner as if such termination had
          not occurred.

               (2)  If any Former Participant shall be reemployed by the
          Employer before five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service, and
          such Former Participant had received a distribution of his entire
          Vested interest prior to his reemployment, his forfeited account shall
          be reinstated only if he repays the full amount distributed to him
          before the earlier of five (5) years after the first date on which the
          Participant is subsequently reemployed by the Employer or the close of
          the first period of 5 consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service commencing
          after the distribution.  If a distribution occurs for any reason other
          than a separation from service, the time for repayment may not end
          earlier than five (5) years after the date of separation.  In the
          event the Former Participant does repay the full amount distributed to
          him, the undistributed portion of the Participant's Account must be
          restored in full, unadjusted by any gains or losses occurring
          subsequent to the Anniversary Date or other valuation date preceding
          his termination.  If an employee receives a distribution pursuant to
          this section and the employee resumes employment covered under this
          plan, the employee's employer-derived account balance will be restored
          to the amount on the date of distribution if the employee repays to
          the plan the full amount of the distribution attributable to employer
          contributions before the earlier of 5 years after the first date on
          which the participant is subsequently re-employed by the employer, or
          the date the participant incurs 5 consecutive 1-year breaks in service
          following the date of the distribution.  If a non-Vested Former
          Participant was deemed to have received a distribution and such Former
          Participant is reemployed by the Employer before five (5) consecutive
          1-Year Breaks in Service, then such Participant will be deemed to have
          repaid the deemed distribution as of the date of reemployment.

               (3)  If any Former Participant is reemployed after a 1-Year Break
          in Service has occurred, Years of Service shall include Years of
          Service prior to his 1-Year Break in Service subject to the following
          rules:

                                     -54-
<PAGE>
 
                    (i)  Any Former Participant who under the Plan does not have
               a nonforfeitable right to any interest in the Plan resulting from
               Employer contributions shall lose credits if his consecutive 1-
               Year Breaks in Service equal or exceed the greater of (A) five
               (5) or (B) the aggregate number of his pre-break Years of
               Service;

                    (ii)  After five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service, a
               Former Participant's Vested Account balance attributable to pre-
               break service shall not be increased as a result of post-break
               service;

                    (iii)  A Former Participant who is reemployed and who has
               not had his Years of Service before a 1-Year Break in Service
               disregarded pursuant to (i) above, shall participate in the Plan
               as of his date of reemployment;

                    (iv)  If a Former Participant completes a Year of Service (a
               1-Year Break in Service previously occurred, but employment had
               not terminated), he shall participate in the Plan retroactively
               from the first day of the Plan Year during which he completes one
               (1) Year of Service.

          (h)  In determining Years of Service for purposes of vesting under the
     Plan, Years of Service shall be excluded as specified in the Adoption
     Agreement.

     6.5  DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

          (a) (1)  Unless otherwise elected as provided below, a Participant who
          is married on the "annuity starting date" and who does not die before
          the "annuity starting date" shall receive the value of all of his
          benefits in the form of a Joint and Survivor Annuity.  The Joint and
          Survivor Annuity is an annuity that commences immediately and shall be
          equal in value to a single life annuity.  Such joint and survivor
          benefits following the Participant's death shall continue to the
          spouse during the spouse's lifetime at a rate equal to 50% of the rate
          at which such benefits were payable to the Participant.  This Joint
          and Survivor Annuity shall be considered the designated qualified
          Joint and Survivor Annuity and automatic form of payment for the
          purposes of this Plan.  However, the Participant may elect to receive
          a smaller annuity benefit with continuation of payments to the spouse
          at a rate of sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) or one hundred
          percent (100%) of the rate payable to a Participant during his
          lifetime which alternative Joint and Survivor Annuity shall be equal
          in value to the automatic Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity.  An
          unmarried Participant shall receive the value of his benefit in the

                                     -55-
<PAGE>
 
          form of a life annuity.  Such unmarried Participant, however, may
          elect in writing to waive the life annuity.  The election must comply
          with the provisions of this Section as if it were an election to waive
          the Joint and Survivor Annuity by a married Participant, but without
          the spousal consent requirement.

               (2)  Any election to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity must be
          made by the Participant in writing during the election period and be
          consented to by the Participant's spouse.  If the spouse is legally
          incompetent to give consent, the spouse's legal guardian, even if such
          guardian is the Participant, may give consent.  Such election shall
          designate a Beneficiary (or a form of benefits) that may not be
          changed without spousal consent (unless the consent of the spouse
          expressly permits designations by the Participant without the
          requirement of further consent by the spouse).  Such spouse's consent
          shall be irrevocable and must acknowledge the effect of such election
          and be witnessed by a Plan representative or a notary public.  Such
          consent shall not be required if it is established to the satisfaction
          of the Administrator that the required consent cannot be obtained
          because there is no spouse, the spouse cannot be located, or other
          circumstances that may be prescribed by Regulations.  The election
          made by the Participant and consented to by his spouse may be revoked
          by the Participant in writing without the consent of the spouse at any
          time during the election period.  The number of revocations shall not
          be limited.  Any new election must comply with the requirements of
          this paragraph.  A former spouse's waiver shall not be binding on a
          new spouse.

               (3)  The election period to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity
          shall be the 90 day period ending on the "annuity starting date."

               (4)  For purposes of this Section and Section 6.6, the "annuity
          starting date" means the first day of the first period for which an
          amount is paid as an annuity, or, in the case of a benefit not payable
          in the form of an annuity, the first day on which all events have
          occurred which entitles the Participant to such benefit.

               (5)  With regard to the election, the Administrator shall provide
          to the Participant no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days
          before the "annuity starting date" a written explanation of:

                    (i)  the terms and conditions of the Joint and Survivor
               Annuity, and

                                     -56-
<PAGE>
 
                    (ii)  the Participant's right to make and the effect of an
               election to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity, and

                    (iii)  the right of the Participant's spouse to consent to
               any election to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity, and

                    (iv)  the right of the Participant to revoke such election,
               and the effect of such revocation.

          (b)  In the event a married Participant duly elects pursuant to
     paragraph (a)(2) above not to receive his benefit in the form of a Joint
     and Survivor Annuity, or if such Participant is not married, in the form of
     a life annuity, the Administrator, pursuant to the election of the
     Participant, shall direct the distribution to a Participant or his
     Beneficiary any amount to which he is entitled under the Plan in one or
     more of the following methods which are permitted pursuant to the Adoption
     Agreement:

               (1)  One lump-sum payment in cash or in property;

               (2)  Payments over a period certain in monthly, quarterly,
          semiannual, or annual cash installments.  In order to provide such
          installment payments, the Administrator may direct that the
          Participant's interest in the Plan be segregated and invested
          separately, and that the funds in the segregated account be used for
          the payment of the installments.  The period over which such payment
          is to be made shall not extend beyond the Participant's life
          expectancy (or the life expectancy of the Participant and his
          designated Beneficiary);

               (3)  Purchase of or providing an annuity.  However, such annuity
          may not be in any form that will provide for payments over a period
          extending beyond either the life of the Participant (or the lives of
          the Participant and his designated Beneficiary) or the life expectancy
          of the Participant (or the life expectancy of the Participant and his
          designated Beneficiary).

          (c)  The present value of a Participant's Joint and Survivor Annuity
     derived from Employer and Employee contributions may not be paid without
     his written consent if the value exceeds, or has ever exceeded at the time
     of any prior distribution, $3,500.  Further, the spouse of a Participant
     must consent in writing to any immediate distribution.  If the value of the
     Participant's benefit derived from Employer and Employee contributions does
     not exceed $3,500 and has never exceeded $3,500 at the time of any prior
     distribution, the Administrator may immediately distribute such benefit
     without such Participant's consent.  No distribution may be made under the
     preceding sentence after

                                     -57-
<PAGE>
 
     the "annuity starting date" unless the Participant and his spouse consent
     in writing to such distribution.  Any written consent required under this
     paragraph must be obtained not more than 90 days before commencement of the
     distribution and shall be made in a manner consistent with Section
     6.5(a)(2).

          (d)  Any distribution to a Participant who has a benefit which
     exceeds, or has ever exceeded at the time of any prior distribution, $3,500
     shall require such Participant's consent if such distribution commences
     prior to the later of his Normal Retirement Age or age 62.  With regard to
     this required consent:

               (1)  No consent shall be valid unless the Participant has
          received a general description of the material features and an
          explanation of the relative values of the optional forms of benefit
          available under the Plan that would satisfy the notice requirements of
          Code Section 417.

               (2)  The Participant must be informed of his right to defer
          receipt of the distribution.  If a Participant fails to consent, it
          shall be deemed an election to defer the commencement of payment of
          any benefit.  However, any election to defer the receipt of benefits
          shall not apply with respect to distributions which are required under
          Section 6.5(e).

               (3)  Notice of the rights specified under this paragraph shall be
          provided no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days before the
          "annuity starting date".

               (4)  Written consent of the Participant to the distribution must
          not be made before the Participant receives the notice and must not be
          made more than 90 days before the "annuity starting date".

               (5)  No consent shall be valid if a significant detriment is
          imposed under the Plan on any Participant who does not consent to the
          distribution.

          (e)  Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the
     distribution of a Participant's benefits, made on or after January 1, 1985,
     whether under the Plan or through the purchase of an annuity Contract,
     shall be made in accordance with the following requirements and shall
     otherwise comply with Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Regulations thereunder
     (including Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-2), the provisions of which are
     incorporated herein by reference:

               (1)  A Participant's benefits shall be distributed to him not
          later than April 1st of the calendar year following the later of (i)
          the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2 or (ii)
          the calendar year

                                     -58-
<PAGE>
 
          in which the Participant retires, provided, however, that this clause
          (ii) shall not apply in the case of a Participant who is a "five (5)
          percent owner" at any time during the five (5) Plan Year period ending
          in the calendar year in which he attains age 70 1/2 or, in the case of
          a Participant who becomes a "five (5) percent owner" during any
          subsequent Plan Year, clause (ii) shall no longer apply and the
          required beginning date shall be the April 1st of the calendar year
          following the calendar year in which such subsequent Plan Year ends.
          Alternatively, distributions to a Participant must begin no later than
          the applicable April 1st as determined under the preceding sentence
          and must be made over the life of the Participant (or the lives of the
          Participant and the Participant's designated Beneficiary) or, if
          benefits are paid in the form of a Joint and Survivor Annuity, the
          life expectancy of the Participant (or the life expectancies of the
          Participant and his designated Beneficiary) in accordance with
          Regulations.  For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, clause
          (ii) above shall not apply to any Participant unless the Participant
          had attained age 70 1/2 before January 1, 1988 and was not a "five (5)
          percent owner" at any time during the Plan Year ending with or within
          the calendar year in which the Participant attained age 66 1/2 or any
          subsequent Plan Year.

               (2)  Distributions to a Participant and his Beneficiaries shall
          only be made in accordance with the incidental death benefit
          requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9)(G) and the Regulations
          thereunder.  Additionally, for calendar years beginning before 1989,
          distributions may also be made under an alternative method which
          provides that the then present value of the payments to be made over
          the period of the Participant's life expectancy exceeds fifty percent
          (50%) of the then present value of the total payments to be made to
          the Participant and his Beneficiaries.

          (f)  For purposes of this Section, the life expectancy of a
     Participant and a Participant's spouse (other than in the case of a life
     annuity) shall be redetermined annually in accordance with Regulations.  If
     the Participant or the Participant's spouse elects that recalculations will
     be made, then the election, once made, shall be irrevocable.  If no
     election is made by the time distributions must commence, then the life
     expectancy of the Participant and the Participant's spouse shall not be
     subject to recalculation.  Life expectancy and joint and last survivor
     expectancy shall be computed using the return multiples in Tables V and VI
     of Regulation 1.72-9.

          (g)  All annuity Contracts under this Plan shall be non-transferable
     when distributed.  Furthermore, the terms of any annuity Contract purchased
     and distributed to a

                                     -59-
<PAGE>
 
     Participant or spouse shall comply with all of the requirements of this
     Plan.

          (h)  Subject to the spouse's right of consent afforded under the Plan,
     the restrictions imposed by this Section shall not apply if a Participant
     has, prior to January 1, 1984, made a written designation to have his
     retirement benefit paid in an alternative method acceptable under Code
     Section 401(a) as in effect prior to the enactment of the Tax Equity and
     Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982.

          (i)  If a distribution is made at a time when a Participant who has
     not terminated employment is not fully Vested in his Participant's Account
     and the Participant may increase the Vested percentage in such account:

               (1)  A separate account shall be established for the
          Participant's interest in the Plan as of the time of the distribution,
          and

               (2)  At any relevant time the Participant's Vested portion of the
          separate account shall be equal to an amount ("X") determined by the
          formula:

                           X equals P (AB plus D) - D

          For purposes of applying the formula: P is the Vested percentage at
          the relevant time, AB is the account balance at the relevant time, and
          D is the amount of distribution.

     6.6  DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH

          (a)  Unless otherwise elected as provided below, a Vested Participant
     who dies before the annuity starting date and who has a surviving spouse
     shall have the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity paid to his surviving
     spouse.  The Participant's spouse may direct that payment of the Pre-
     Retirement Survivor Annuity commence within a reasonable period after the
     Participant's death.  If the spouse does not so direct, payment of such
     benefit will commence at the time the Participant would have attained the
     later of his Normal Retirement Age or age 62.  However, the spouse may
     elect a later commencement date.  Any distribution to the Participant's
     spouse shall be subject to the rules specified in Section 6.6(h).

          (b)  Any election to waive the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity before
     the Participant's death must be made by the Participant in writing during
     the election period and shall require the spouse's irrevocable consent in
     the same manner provided for in Section 6.5(a)(2).  Further, the spouse's
     consent must acknowledge the specific nonspouse Beneficiary.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the nonspouse Beneficiary need

                                     -60-
<PAGE>
 
     not be acknowledged, provided the consent of the spouse acknowledges that
     the spouse has the right to limit consent only to a specific Beneficiary
     and that the spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish such right.

          (c)  The election period to waive the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity
     shall begin on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant
     attains age 35 and end on the date of the Participant's death.  An earlier
     waiver (with spousal consent) may be made provided a written explanation of
     the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity is given to the Participant and such
     waiver becomes invalid at the beginning of the Plan Year in which the
     Participant turns age 35.  In the event a Vested Participant separates from
     service prior to the beginning of the election period, the election period
     shall begin on the date of such separation from service.

          (d)  With regard to the election, the Administrator shall provide each
     Participant within the applicable period, with respect to such Participant
     (and consistent with Regulations), a written explanation of the Pre-
     Retirement Survivor Annuity containing comparable information to that
     required pursuant to Section 6.5(a)(5).  For the purposes of this
     paragraph, the term "applicable period" means, with respect to a
     Participant, whichever of the following periods ends last:

               (1)  The period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in
          which the Participant attains age 32 and ending with the close of the
          Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age
          35;

               (2)  A reasonable period after the individual becomes a
          Participant.  For this purpose, in the case of an individual who
          becomes a Participant after age 32, the explanation must be provided
          by the end of the three-year period beginning with the first day of
          the first Plan Year for which the individual is a Participant;

               (3)  A reasonable period ending after the Plan no longer fully
          subsidizes the cost of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity with
          respect to the Participant;

               (4)  A reasonable period ending after Code Section 401(a)(11)
          applies to the Participant; or

               (5)  A reasonable period after separation from service in the
          case of a Participant who separates before attaining age 35.  For this
          purpose, the Administrator must provide the explanation beginning one
          year before the separation from service and ending one year after
          separation.

          (e)  The Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity provided for in this Section
     shall apply only to Participants who are credited

                                     -61-
<PAGE>
 
     with an Hour of Service on or after August 23, 1984.  Former Participants
     who are not credited with an Hour of Service on or after August 23, 1984
     shall be provided with rights to the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity in
     accordance with Section 303(e)(2) of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984.

          (f)  If the value of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity derived from
     Employer and Employee contributions does not exceed $3,500 and has never
     exceeded $3,500 at the time of any prior distribution, the Administrator
     shall direct the immediate distribution of such amount to the Participant's
     spouse.  No distribution may be made under the preceding sentence after the
     annuity starting date unless the spouse consents in writing.  If the value
     exceeds, or has ever exceeded at the time of any prior distribution,
     $3,500, an immediate distribution of the entire amount may be made to the
     surviving spouse, provided such surviving spouse consents in writing to
     such distribution.  Any written consent required under this paragraph must
     be obtained not more than 90 days before commencement of the distribution
     and shall be made in a manner consistent with Section 6.5(a)(2).

          (g) (1)  In the event there is an election to waive the Pre-Retirement
          Survivor Annuity, and for death benefits in excess of the Pre-
          Retirement Survivor Annuity, such death benefits shall be paid to the
          Participant's Beneficiary by either of the following methods, as
          elected by the Participant (or if no election has been made prior to
          the Participant's death, by his Beneficiary) subject to the rules
          specified in Section 6.6(h) and the selections made in the Adoption
          Agreement:

                    (i)  One lump-sum payment in cash or in property;

                    (ii)  Payment in monthly, quarterly, semi-annual, or annual
               cash installments over a period to be determined by the
               Participant or his Beneficiary.  After periodic installments
               commence, the Beneficiary shall have the right to reduce the
               period over which such periodic installments shall be made, and
               the cash amount of such periodic installments shall be adjusted
               accordingly.

                    (iii)  If death benefits in excess of the Pre-Retirement
               Survivor Annuity are to be paid to the surviving spouse, such
               benefits may be paid pursuant to (i) or (ii) above, or used to
               purchase an annuity so as to increase the payments made pursuant
               to the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity;

               (2)  In the event the death benefit payable pursuant to Section
          6.2 is payable in installments, then, upon the death of the
          Participant, the Administrator may direct

                                     -62-
<PAGE>
 
          that the death benefit be segregated and invested separately, and that
          the funds accumulated in the segregated account be used for the
          payment of the installments.

          (h)  Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary,
     distributions upon the death of a Participant made on or after January 1,
     1985, shall be made in accordance with the following requirements and shall
     otherwise comply with Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Regulations
     thereunder.

               (1)  If it is determined, pursuant to Regulations, that the
          distribution of a Participant's interest has begun and the Participant
          dies before his entire interest has been distributed to him, the
          remaining portion of such interest shall be distributed at least as
          rapidly as under the method of distribution selected pursuant to
          Section 6.5 as of his date of death.

               (2)  If a Participant dies before he has begun to receive any
          distributions of his interest in the Plan or before distributions are
          deemed to have begun pursuant to Regulations, then his death benefit
          shall be distributed to his Beneficiaries in accordance with the
          following rules subject to Subsections 6.6(h)(3) and 6.6(i) below:

                    (i)  The entire death benefit shall be distributed to the
               Participant's Beneficiaries by December 31st of the calendar year
               in which the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death occurs;

                    (ii)  The 5-year distribution requirement of (i) above shall
               not apply to any portion of the deceased Participant's interest
               which is payable to or for the benefit of a designated
               Beneficiary.  In such event, such portion shall be distributed
               over the life of such designated Beneficiary (or over a period
               not extending beyond the life expectancy of such designated
               Beneficiary) provided such distribution begins not later than
               December 31st of the calendar year immediately following the
               calendar year in which the Participant died;

                    (iii)  However, in the event the Participant's spouse
               (determined as of the date of the Participant's death) is his
               designated Beneficiary, the provisions of (ii) above shall apply
               except that the requirement that distributions commence within
               one year of the Participant's death shall not apply.  In lieu
               thereof, distributions must commence on or before the later of:

                                     -63-
<PAGE>
 
                         (1)  December 31st of the calendar year immediately
                    following the calendar year in which the Participant died;
                    or

                         (2)  December 31st of the calendar year in which the
                    Participant would have attained age 70 1/2.  If the
                    surviving spouse dies before distributions to such spouse
                    begin, then the 5-year distribution requirement of this
                    Section shall apply as if the spouse was the Participant.

                         (3)  Notwithstanding subparagraph (2) above, if a
                    Participant's death benefits are to be paid in the form of a
                    Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity, then distributions to the
                    Participant's surviving spouse must commence on or before
                    the later of: (1) December 31st of the calendar year
                    immediately following the calendar year in which the
                    Participant died; or (2) December 31st of the calendar year
                    in which the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2.

          (i)  For purposes of Section 6.6(h)(2), the election by a designated
     Beneficiary to be excepted from the 5-year distribution requirement must be
     made no later than December 31st of the calendar year following the
     calendar year of the Participant's death.  Except, however, with respect to
     a designated Beneficiary who is the Participant's surviving spouse, the
     election must be made by the earlier of:

               (1)  December 31st of the calendar year immediately following the
          calendar year in which the Participant died or, if later, the calendar
          year in which the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2; or

               (2)  December 31st of the calendar year which contains the fifth
          anniversary of the date of the Participant's death.  An election by a
          designated Beneficiary must be in writing and shall be irrevocable as
          of the last day of the election period stated herein.  In the absence
          of an election by the Participant or a designated Beneficiary, the 5-
          year distribution requirement shall apply.

          (j)  For purposes of this Section, the life expectancy of a
     Participant and a Participant's spouse (other than in the case of a life
     annuity) shall be redetermined annually as provided in accordance with
     Regulations.  If the Participant or the Participant's spouse elects to have
     life expectancies recalculated, then the election, once made, shall be
     irrevocable.  If no election is made by the time distributions must
     commence, then the life expectancy of the Participant and

                                     -64-
<PAGE>
 
     the Participant's spouse shall not be subject to recalculation.  Life
     expectancy and joint and last survivor expectancy shall be computed using
     the return multiples in Tables V and VI of Regulation Section 1.72-9.

          (k)  In the event that less than 100% of a Participant's interest in
     the Plan is distributed to such Participant's spouse, the portion of the
     distribution attributable to the Participant's Voluntary Contribution
     Account shall be in the same proportion that the Participant's Voluntary
     Contribution Account bears to the Participant's total interest in the Plan.

          (l)  Subject to the spouse's right of consent afforded under the Plan,
     the restrictions imposed by this Section shall not apply if a Participant
     has, prior to January 1, 1984, made a written designation to have his death
     benefits paid in an alternative method acceptable under Code Section 401(a)
     as in effect prior to the enactment of the Tax Equity and Fiscal
     Responsibility Act of 1982.

     6.7  TIME OF SEGREGATION OR DISTRIBUTION

     Except as limited by Sections 6.5 and 6.6, whenever a distribution is to be
made, or a series of payments are to commence, on or as of a date, the
distribution or series of payments may be made or begun on such date or as soon
thereafter as is practicable, but in no event later than 180 days after such
date.  However, unless a Participant elects in writing to defer the receipt of
benefits (such election may not result in a death benefit that is more than
incidental), the payment of benefits shall begin not later than the 60th day
after the close of the Plan Year in which the latest of the following events
occurs:

          (a)  the date on which the Participant attains the earlier of age 65
     or the Normal Retirement Age specified herein;

          (b)  the 10th anniversary of the year in which the Participant
     commenced participation in the Plan; or

          (c)  the date the Participant terminates his service with the
     Employer.

     In the event directed investment accounts are maintained under this Plan,
the date benefits are to commence shall be the Valuation Date coincident with or
first following the date the Participant becomes eligible for a benefit (subject
to delay of payments for terminated Participants as specified in the Adoption
Agreement).  In the event directed investment accounts are not maintained, the
date benefits are to commence shall be the date of eligibility for benefits
(again, subject to delay as provided in the Adoption Agreement).Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the failure of a Participantthe Participant's spouse, to consent
to a distribution pursuant to Section 6.5(d), shall be

                                     -65-
<PAGE>
 
deemed to be an election to defer the commencement of payment of any benefit
sufficient to satisfy this Section.

     6.8  DISTRIBUTION FOR MINOR BENEFICIARY

     In the event a distribution is to be made to a minor, then the
Administrator may direct that such distribution be paid to the legal guardian,
or if none, to a parent of such Beneficiary or a responsible adult with whom the
Beneficiary maintains his residence, or to the custodian for such Beneficiary
under the Uniform Gift to Minors Act or Gift to Minors Act, if such is permitted
by the laws of the state in which said Beneficiary resides.  Such a payment to
the legal guardian, custodian or parent of a minor Beneficiary shall fully
discharge the Trustee, Employer, and Plan from further liability on account
thereof.

     6.9  LOCATION OF PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY UNKNOWN

     In the event that all, or any portion, of the distribution payable to a
Participant or his Beneficiary hereunder shall remain unpaid solely by reason of
the inability of the Administrator, after sending a registered letter, return
receipt requested, to the last known address, and after further diligent effort,
to ascertain the whereabouts of such Participant or his Beneficiary, the amount
so distributable shall be treated as a Forfeiture pursuant to the Plan.  In the
event a Participant or Beneficiary is located subsequent to his benefit being
reallocated, such benefit shall be restored, first from Forfeitures, if any, and
then from an additional Employer contribution if necessary.

     6.10  PRE-RETIREMENT DISTRIBUTION

     For Profit Sharing Plans, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, at such
time as a Participant shall have attained the age specified in the Adoption
Agreement, the Administrator, at the election of the Participant, shall direct
the distribution of up to the entire amount then credited to the accounts
maintained on behalf of the Participant.  In the event that the Administrator
makes such a distribution, the Participant shall continue to be eligible to
participate in the Plan on the same basis as any other Employee.  Any
distribution made pursuant to this Section shall be made in a manner consistent
with Section 6.5, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent
requirements of Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder.

     6.11  ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP

          (a)  For Profit Sharing Plans, if elected in the Adoption Agreement,
     the Administrator, at the election of the Participant, shall direct the
     distribution to any Participant in any one Plan Year up to the lesser of
     100% of his Participant's Combined Account valued as of the last
     Anniversary Date or other valuation date or the amount necessary to satisfy
     the immediate and heavy financial need of

                                     -66-
<PAGE>
 
     the Participant.  Any distribution made pursuant to this Section shall be
     deemed to be made as of the first day of the Plan Year or, if later, the
     valuation date immediately preceding the date of distribution, and the
     account from which the distribution is made shall be reduced accordingly.
     Withdrawal under this Section shall be authorized only if the distribution
     is on account of: (1) Medical expenses described in Code Section 213(d)
     incurred by the Participant, his spouse, or any of his dependents (as
     defined in Code Section 152); (2) The purchase (excluding mortgage
     payments) of a principal residence for the Participant; (3) Payment of
     tuition for the next semester or quarter of post-secondary education for
     the Participant, his spouse, children, or dependents; (4) The need to
     prevent the eviction of the Participant from his principal residence or
     foreclosure on the mortgage of the Participant's principal residence; (5)
     any other event which the Commissioner of the IRS has determined to be an
     immediate and heavy financial need; or (6) any other event specified in the
     Adoption Agreement as constituting an immediate and heavy financial need.

          (b)  Any distribution made pursuant to this Section shall be made in a
     manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Section
     6.5, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of
     Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder.

          (c)  No repayment of a distribution made pursuant to this Section
     shall be permitted.

     6.12  LIMITATIONS ON BENEFITS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

     All rights and benefits, including elections, provided to a Participant in
this Plan shall be subject to the rights afforded to any "alternate payee" under
a "qualified domestic relations order." Furthermore, a distribution to an
"alternate payee" shall be permitted if such distribution is authorized by a
"qualified domestic relations order," even if the affected Participant has not
reached the "earliest retirement age" under the Plan.  For the purposes of this
Section, "alternate payee," "qualified domestic relations order" and "earliest
retirement age" shall have the meaning set forth under Code Section 414(p).

     6.13  SPECIAL RULE FOR NON-ANNUITY PLANS

     If elected in the Adoption Agreement, the following shall apply to a
Participant in a Profit Sharing Plan or 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and to any
distribution, made on or after the first day of the first plan year beginning
after December 31, 1988, from or under a separate account attributable solely to
accumulated deductible employee contributions, as defined in Code Section
72(o)(5)(B), and maintained on behalf of a participant in a money purchase
pension plan, (including a target benefit plan):

                                     -67-
<PAGE>
 
          (a)  The Participant shall be prohibited from electing benefits in the
     form of a life annuity;

          (b)  Upon the death of the Participant, the Participant's entire
     Vested account balances will be paid to his or her surviving spouse, or, if
     there is no surviving spouse or the surviving spouse has already consented
     to waive his or her benefit, in accordance with Section 6.6, to his
     designated Beneficiary; and

          (c)  Except to the extent otherwise provided in this Section and
     Section 6.5(h), the other provisions of Sections 6.2, 6.5 and 6.6 regarding
     spousal consent and the forms of distributions shall be inoperative with
     respect to this Plan.  This Section shall not apply to any Participant if
     it is determined that this Plan is a direct or indirect transferee of a
     defined benefit plan or money purchase plan, or a target benefit plan,
     stock bonus or profit sharing plan which would otherwise provide for a life
     annuity form of payment to the Participant.


                                  ARTICLE VII

                                    TRUSTEE

     7.1  BASIC RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TRUSTEE

     The Trustee shall have the following categories of responsibilities:

          (a)  Consistent with the "funding policy and method" determined by the
     Employer to invest, manage, and control the Plan assets subject, however,
     to the direction of an Investment Manager if the Employer should appoint
     such manager as to all or a portion of the assets of the Plan;

          (b)  At the direction of the Administrator, to pay benefits required
     under the Plan to be paid to Participants, or, in the event of their death,
     to their Beneficiaries;

          (c)  To maintain records of receipts and disbursements and furnish to
     the Employer and/or Administrator for each Plan Year a written annual
     report per Section 7.7; and

          (d)  If there shall be more than one Trustee, they shall act by a
     majority of their number, but may authorize one or more of them to sign
     papers on their behalf.

     7.2  INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE

          (a)  The Trustee shall invest and reinvest the Trust Fund to keep the
     Trust Fund invested without distinction between principal and income and in
     such securities or property, real

                                     -68-
<PAGE>
 
     or personal, wherever situated, as the Trustee shall deem advisable,
     including, but not limited to, stocks, common or preferred, bonds and other
     evidences of indebtedness or ownership, and real estate or any interest
     therein.  The Trustee shall at all times in making investments of the Trust
     Fund consider, among other factors, the short and long-term financial needs
     of the Plan on the basis of information furnished by the Employer.  In
     making such investments, the Trustee shall not be restricted to securities
     or other property of the character expressly authorized by the applicable
     law for trust investments; however, the Trustee shall give due regard to
     any limitations imposed by the Code or the Act so that at all times this
     Plan may qualify as a qualified Plan and Trust.

          (b)  The Trustee may employ a bank or trust company pursuant to the
     terms of its usual and customary bank agency agreement, under which the
     duties of such bank or trust company shall be of a custodial, clerical and
     record-keeping nature.

          (c)  The Trustee may from time to time transfer to a common,
     collective, or pooled trust fund maintained by any corporate Trustee
     hereunder pursuant to Revenue Ruling 81-100, all or such part of the Trust
     Fund as the Trustee may deem advisable, and such part or all of the Trust
     Fund so transferred shall be subject to all the terms and provisions of the
     common, collective, or pooled trust fund which contemplate the commingling
     for investment purposes of such trust assets with trust assets of other
     trusts.  The Trustee may withdraw from such common, collective, or pooled
     trust fund all or such part of the Trust Fund as the Trustee may deem
     advisable.

          (d)  The Trustee, at the direction of the Administrator and pursuant
     to instructions from the individual designated in the Adoption Agreement
     for such purpose and subject to the conditions set forth in the Adoption
     Agreement, shall ratably apply for, own, and pay all premiums on Contracts
     on the lives of the Participants.  Any initial or additional Contract
     purchased on behalf of a Participant shall have a face amount of not less
     than $1,000, the amount set forth in the Adoption Agreement, or the
     limitation of the Insurer, whichever is greater.  If a life insurance
     Contract is to be purchased for a Participant, the aggregate premium for
     ordinary life insurance for each Participant must be less than 50% of the
     aggregate contributions and Forfeitures allocated to a Participant's
     Combined Account.  For purposes of this limitation, ordinary life insurance
     Contracts are Contracts with both non-decreasing death benefits and non-
     increasing premiums.  If term insurance or universal life insurance is
     purchased with such contributions, the aggregate premium must be 25% or
     less of the aggregate contributions and Forfeitures allocated to a
     Participant's Combined Account.  If both term

                                     -69-
<PAGE>

     insurance and ordinary life insurance are purchased with such
     contributions, the amount expended for term insurance plus one-half of the
     premium for ordinary life insurance may not in the aggregate exceed 25% of
     the aggregate Employer contributions and Forfeitures allocated to a
     Participant's Combined Account. The 82 Trustee must distribute the
     Contracts to the Particpant or convert the entire value of the Contracts at
     or before retirement into cash or provide for a periodic income so that no
     portion of such value may be used to continue life insurance protection
     beyond retirement. Notwithstanding the above, the limitations imposed
     herein with respect to the purchase of life insurance shall not apply, in
     the case of a Profit Sharing Plan, to the portion of a Participant's
     Account that has accumulated for at least two (2) Plan Years.

          (e)  The Trustee will be the owner of any life insurance Contract
     purchased under the terms of this Plan.  The Contract must provide that the
     proceeds will be payable to the Trustee; however, the Trustee shall be
     required to pay over all proceeds of the Contract to the Participant's
     designated Beneficiary in accordance with the distribution provisions of
     Article VI.  A Participant's spouse will be the designated Beneficiary
     pursuant to Section 6.2, unless a qualified election has been made in
     accordance with Sections 6.5 and 6.6 of the Plan, if applicable.  Under no
     circumstances shall the Trust retain any part of the proceeds.  However,
     the Trustee shall not pay the proceeds in a method that would violate the
     requirements of the Retirement Equity Act, as stated in Article VI of the
     Plan, or Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Regulations thereunder.

     7.3  OTHER POWERS OF THE TRUSTEE

     The Trustee, in addition to all powers and authorities under common law,
statutory authority, including the Act, and other provisions of this Plan, shall
have the following powers and authorities to be exercised in the Trustee's sole
discretion:

          (a)  To purchase, or subscribe for, any securities or other property
     and to retain the same.  In conjunction with the purchase of securities,
     margin accounts may be opened and maintained;

          (b)  To sell, exchange, convey, transfer, grant options to purchase,
     or otherwise dispose of any securities or other property held by the
     Trustee, by private contract or at public auction.  No person dealing with
     the Trustee shall be bound to see to the application of the purchase money
     or to inquire into the validity, expediency, or propriety of any such sale
     or other disposition, with or without advertisement;

          (c)  To vote upon any stocks, bonds, or other securities; to give
     general or special proxies or powers of attorney with

                                     -70-
<PAGE>
 
     or without power of substitution; to exercise any conversion privileges,
     subscription rights or other options, and to make any payments incidental
     thereto; to oppose, or to consent to, or otherwise participate in,
     corporate reorganizations or other changes affecting corporate securities,
     and to delegate discretionary powers, and to pay any assessments or charges
     in connection therewith; and generally to exercise any of the powers of an
     owner with respect to stocks, bonds, securities, or other property;

          (d)  To cause any securities or other property to be registered in the
     Trustee's own name or in the name of one or more of the Trustee's nominees,
     and to hold any investments in bearer form, but the books and records of
     the Trustee shall at all times show that all such investments are part of
     the Trust Fund;

          (e)  To borrow or raise money for the purposes of the Plan in such
     amount, and upon such terms and conditions, as the Trustee shall deem
     advisable; and for any sum so borrowed, to issue a promissory note as
     Trustee, and to secure the repayment thereof by pledging all, or any part,
     of the Trust Fund; and no person lending money to the Trustee shall be
     bound to see to the application of the money lent or to inquire into the
     validity, expediency, or propriety of any borrowing;

          (f)  To keep such portion of the Trust Fund in cash or cash balances
     as the Trustee may, from time to time, deem to be in the best interests of
     the Plan, without liability for interest thereon;

          (g)  To accept and retain for such time as it may deem advisable any
     securities or other property received or acquired by it as Trustee
     hereunder, whether or not such securities or other property would normally
     be purchased as investments hereunder;

          (h)  To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all documents
     of transfer and conveyance and any and all other instruments that may be
     necessary or appropriate to carry out the powers herein granted;

          (i)  To settle, compromise, or submit to arbitration any claims,
     debts, or damages due or owing to or from the Plan, to commence or defend
     suits or legal or administrative proceedings, and to represent the Plan in
     all suits and legal and administrative proceedings;

          (j)  To employ suitable agents and counsel and to pay their reasonable
     expenses and compensation, and such agent or counsel may or may not be
     agent or counsel for the Employer;

                                     -71-
<PAGE>
 
          (k)  To apply for and procure from the Insurer as an investment of the
     Trust Fund such annuity, or other Contracts (on the life of any
     Participant) as the Administrator shall deem proper; to exercise, at any
     time or from time to time, whatever rights and privileges may be granted
     under such annuity, or other Contracts; to collect, receive, and settle for
     the proceeds of all such annuity, or other Contracts as and when entitled
     to do so under the provisions thereof;

          (l)  To invest funds of the Trust in time deposits or savings accounts
     bearing a reasonable rate of interest in the Trustee's bank;

          (m)  To invest in Treasury Bills and other forms of United States
     government obligations;

          (n)  To sell, purchase and acquire put or call options if the options
     are traded on and purchased through a national securities exchange
     registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or, if
     the options are not traded on a national securities exchange, are
     guaranteed by a member firm of the New York Stock Exchange;

          (o)  To deposit monies in federally insured savings accounts or
     certificates of deposit in banks or savings and loan associations;

          (p)  To pool all or any of the Trust Fund, from time to time, with
     assets belonging to any other qualified employee pension benefit trust
     created by the Employer or any Affiliated Employer, and to commingle such
     assets and make joint or common investments and carry joint accounts on
     behalf of this Plan and such other trust or trusts, allocating undivided
     shares or interests in such investments or accounts or any pooled assets of
     the two or more trusts in accordance with their respective interests;

          (q)  To do all such acts and exercise all such rights and privileges,
     although not specifically mentioned herein, as the Trustee may deem
     necessary to carry out the purposes of the Plan.

          (r)  Directed Investment Account.  The powers granted to the Trustee
               ---------------------------                                    
     shall be exercised in the sole fiduciary discretion of the Trustee.
     However, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, each Participant may direct
     the Trustee to separate and keep separate all or a portion of his interest
     in the Plan; and further each Participant is authorized and empowered, in
     his sole and absolute discretion, to give directions to the Trustee in such
     form as the Trustee may require concerning the investment of the
     Participant's Directed Investment Account, which directions must be
     followed by the Trustee subject, however, to restrictions on payment of
     life insurance premiums.  Neither the Trustee nor any other

                                     -72-
<PAGE>
 
     persons including the Administrator or otherwise shall be under any duty to
     question any such direction of the Participant or to review any securities
     or other property, real or personal, or to make any suggestions to the
     Participant in connection therewith, and the Trustee shall comply as
     promptly as practicable with directions given by the Participant hereunder.
     Any such direction may be of a continuing nature or otherwise and may be
     revoked by the Participant at any time in such form as the Trustee may
     require.  The Trustee may refuse to comply with any direction from the
     Participant in the event the Trustee, in its sole and absolute discretion,
     deems such directions improper by virtue of applicable law, and in such
     event, the Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any loss or
     expense which may result.  Any costs and expenses related to compliance
     with the Participant's directions shall be borne by the Participant's
     Directed Investment Account.

     7.4  LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS

     (a)  If specified in the Adoption Agreement, the Trustee may, in the
Trustee's sole discretion, make loans to Participants or Beneficiaries under the
following circumstances: (1) loans shall be made available to all Participants
and to Beneficiaries who are parties-in-interest as defined in Section 3(14) of
ERISA on a reasonably equivalent basis; (2) loans shall not be made available to
Highly Compensated Employees in an amount greater than the amount made available
to other Participants; (3) loans shall bear a reasonable rate of interest; (4)
loans shall be adequately secured; and (5) shall provide for periodic repayment
over a reasonable period of time.

     (b)  Loans shall not be made to any Shareholder-Employee or Owner-Employee
unless an exemption for such loan is obtained pursuant to Act Section 408 and
further provided that such loan would not be subject to tax pursuant to Code
Section 4975.

     (c)  Loans shall not be granted to any Participant that provide for a
repayment period extending beyond such Participant's Normal Retirement Date.

     (d)  Loans made pursuant to this Section (when added to the outstanding
balance of all other loans made by the Plan to the Participant) shall be limited
to the lesser of:

          (1)  $50,000 reduced by the excess (if any) of the highest outstanding
     balance of loans from the Plan to the Participant during the one year
     period ending on the day before the date on which such loan is made, over
     the outstanding balance of loans from the Plan to the Participant on the
     date on which such loan was made, or

          (2)  one-half (1/2) of the present value of the non-forfeitable
     accrued benefit of the Employee under the

                                     -73-
<PAGE>
 
     Plan.  For purposes of this limit, all plans of the Employer shall be
     considered one plan.  Additionally, with respect to any loan made prior to
     January 1, 1987, the $50,000 limit specified in (1) above shall be
     unreduced.

     (e)  Loans shall provide for level amortization with payments to be made
not less frequently than quarterly over a period not to exceed five (5) years.
However, loans used to acquire any dwelling unit which, within a reasonable
time, is to be used (determined at the time the loan is made) as a principal
residence of the Participant shall provide for periodic repayment  87  over a
reasonable period of time that may exceed five (5) years.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, loans made prior to January 1, 1987 which are used to acquire,
construct, reconstruct or substantially rehabilitate any dwelling unit which,
within a reasonable period of time is to be used (determined at the time the
loan is made) as a principal residence of the Participant or a member of his
family (within the meaning of Code Section 267(c)(4)) may provide for periodic
repayment over a reasonable period of time that may exceed five (5) years.
Additionally, loans made prior to January 1, 1987, may provide for periodic
payments which are made less frequently than quarterly and which do not
necessarily result in level amortization.

     (f)  An assignment or pledge of any portion of a Participant's interest in
the Plan and a loan, pledge, or assignment with respect to any insurance
Contract purchased under the Plan, shall be treated as a loan under this
Section.

     (g)  Any loan made pursuant to this Section after August 18, 1985 where the
Vested interest of the Participant is used to secure such loan shall require the
written consent of the Participant's spouse in a manner consistent with Section
6.5(a) provided the spousal consent requirements of such Section apply to the
Plan.  Such written consent must be obtained within the 90-day period prior to
the date the loan is made.  Any security interest held by the Plan by reason of
an outstanding loan to the Participant shall be taken into account in
determining the amount of the death benefit or Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity.
However, no spousal consent shall be required under this paragraph if the total
accrued benefit subject to the security is not in excess of $3,500.

     (h)  With regard to any loans granted or renewed on or after the last day
of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1988, a Participant loan
program shall be established which must include, but need not be limited to, the
following:

          (1)  the identity of the person or positions authorized to administer
     the Participant loan program;

          (2)  a procedure for applying for loans;

          (3)  the basis on which loans will be approved or denied;

                                     -74-
<PAGE>
 
          (4)  limitations, if any, on the types and amounts of loans offered,
     including what constitutes a hardship or financial need if selected in the
     Adoption Agreement;

          (5)  the procedure under the program for determining a reasonable rate
     of interest;

          (6)  the types of collateral which may secure a Participant loan; and

          (7)  the events constituting default and the steps that will be taken
     to preserve plan assets.  Such Participant loan program shall be contained
     in a separate written document which, when properly executed, is hereby
     incorporated by reference and made a part of this plan.  Furthermore, such
     Participant loan program may be modified or amended in writing from time to
     time without the necessity of amending this Section of the Plan.

7.5  DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE REGARDING PAYMENTS

     At the direction of the Administrator, the Trustee shall, from time to
time, in accordance with the terms of the Plan, make payments out of the Trust
Fund.  The Trustee shall not be responsible in any way for the application of
such payments.

     7.6  TRUSTEE'S COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES AND TAXES

     The Trustee shall be paid such reasonable compensation as set forth in the
Trustee's fee schedule (if the Trustee has such a schedule) or as agreed upon in
writing by the Employer and the Trustee.  An individual serving as Trustee who
already receives full-time pay from the Employer shall not receive compensation
from this Plan.  In addition, the Trustee shall be reimbursed for any reasonable
expenses, including reasonable counsel fees incurred by it as Trustee.  Such
compensation and expenses shall be paid from the Trust Fund unless paid or
advanced by the Employer.  All taxes of any kind and all kinds whatsoever that
may be levied or assessed under existing or future laws upon, or in respect of,
the Trust Fund or the income thereof, shall be paid from the Trust Fund.

     7.7  ANNUAL REPORT OF THE TRUSTEE

     Within a reasonable period of time after the later of the Anniversary Date
or receipt of the Employer's contribution for each Plan Year, the Trustee, or
its agent, shall furnish to the Employer and Administrator a written statement
of account with respect to the Plan Year for which such contribution was made
setting forth: (a) the net income, or loss, of the Trust Fund; (b) the gains, or
losses, realized by the Trust Fund upon sales or other disposition of the
assets; (c) the increase, or decrease, in the value of the Trust Fund; (d) all
payments and distributions made from the Trust Fund; and (e) such further
information as the Trustee and/or Administrator deems appropriate.  The
Employer, forthwith upon its

                                     -75-
<PAGE>
 
receipt of each such statement of account, shall acknowledge receipt thereof in
writing and advise the Trustee and/or Administrator of its approval or
disapproval thereof.  Failure by the Employer to disapprove any such statement
of account within thirty (30) days after its receipt thereof shall be deemed an
approval thereof.  The approval by the Employer of any statement of account
shall be binding as to all matters embraced therein as between the Employer and
the Trustee to the same extent as if the account of the Trustee had been settled
by judgment or decree in an action for a judicial settlement of its account in a
court of competent jurisdiction in which the Trustee, the Employer and all
persons having or claiming an interest in the Plan were parties; provided,
however, that nothing herein contained shall deprive the Trustee of its right to
have its accounts judicially settled if the Trustee so desires.

     7.8  AUDIT

     (a) If an audit of the Plan's records shall be required by the Act and the
regulations thereunder for any Plan Year, the Administrator shall direct the
Trustee to engage on behalf of all Participants an independent qualified public
accountant for that purpose.  Such accountant shall, after an audit of the books
and records of the Plan in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards, within a reasonable period after the close of the Plan Year, furnish
to the Administrator and the Trustee a report of his audit setting forth his
opinion as to whether any statements, schedules or lists, that are required by
Act Section 103 or the Secretary of Labor to be filed with the Plan's annual
report, are presented fairly in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles applied consistently.

     (b)  All auditing and accounting fees shall be an expense of and may, at
the election of the Administrator, be paid from the Trust Fund.

     (c)  If some or all of the information necessary to enable the
Administrator to comply with Act Section 103 is maintained by a bank, insurance
company, or similar institution, regulated and supervised and subject to
periodic examination by a state or federal agency, it shall transmit and certify
the accuracy of that information to the Administrator as provided in Act Section
103(b) within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of the Plan Year or
such other date as may be prescribed under regulations of the Secretary of
Labor.

     7.9  RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND SUCCESSION OF TRUSTEE

     (a)  The Trustee may resign at any time by delivering to the Employer, at
least thirty (30) days before its effective date, a written notice of his
resignation.

     (b)  The Employer may remove the Trustee by mailing by registered or
certified mail, addressed to such Trustee at his last

                                     -76-
<PAGE>
 
known address, at least thirty (30) days before its effective date, a written
notice of his removal.

     (c)  Upon the death, resignation, incapacity, or removal of any Trustee, a
successor may be appointed by the Employer; and such successor, upon accepting
such appointment in writing and delivering same to the Employer, shall, without
further act, become vested with all the estate, rights, powers, discretions, and
duties of his predecessor with like respect as if he were originally named as a
Trustee herein.  Until such a successor is appointed, the remaining Trustee or
Trustees shall have full authority to act under the terms of the Plan.

     (d)  The Employer may designate one or more successors prior to the death,
resignation, incapacity, or removal of a Trustee.  In the event a successor is
so designated by the Employer and accepts such designation, the successor shall,
without further act, become vested with all the estate, rights, powers,
discretions, and duties of his predecessor with the like effect as if he were
originally named as Trustee herein immediately upon the death, resignation,
incapacity, or removal of his predecessor.

     (e)  Whenever any Trustee hereunder ceases to serve as such, he shall
furnish to the Employer and Administrator a written statement of account with
respect to the portion of the Plan Year during which he served as Trustee.  This
statement shall be either (i) included as part of the annual statement of
account for the Plan Year required under Section 7.7 or (ii) set forth in a
special statement.  Any such special statement of account should be rendered to
the Employer no later than the due date of the annual statement of account for
the Plan Year.  The procedures set forth in Section 7.7 for the approval by the
Employer of annual statements of account shall apply to any special statement of
account rendered hereunder and approval by the Employer of any such special
statement in the manner provided in Section 7.7 shall have the same effect upon
the statement as the Employer's approval of an annual statement of account.  No
successor to the Trustee shall have any duty or responsibility to investigate
the acts or transactions of any predecessor who has rendered all statements of
account required by Section 7.7 and this subparagraph.

     7.10  TRANSFER OF INTEREST

     Notwithstanding any other provision contained in this Plan, the Trustee at
the direction of the Administrator shall transfer the Vested interest, if any,
of such Participant in his account to another trust forming part of a pension,
profit sharing, or stock bonus plan maintained by such Participant's new
employer and represented by said employer in writing as meeting the requirements
of Code Section 401(a), provided that the trust to which such transfers are made
permits the transfer to be made.

                                     -77-
<PAGE>
 
     7.11  TRUSTEE INDEMNIFICATION

     The Employer agrees to indemnify and save harmless the Trustee against any
and all claims, losses, damages, expenses and liabilities the Trustee may incur
in the exercise and performance of the Trustee's powers and duties hereunder,
unless the same are determined to be due to gross negligence or willful
misconduct.

     7.12  EMPLOYER SECURITIES AND REAL PROPERTY

     The Trustee shall be empowered to acquire and hold "qualifying Employer
securities" and "qualifying Employer real property," as those terms are defined
in the Act.  However, no more than 100%, in the case of a Profit Sharing Plan or
401(k) Plan or 10%, in the case of a Money Purchase Plan or Target Benefit Plan
of the fair market value of all the assets in the Trust Fund may be invested in
"qualifying Employer securities" and "qualifying Employer real property".


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                      AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, AND MERGERS

     8.1  AMENDMENT

     (a)  The Employer shall have the right at any time to amend this Plan
subject to the limitations of this Section.  However, any amendment which
affects the rights, duties or responsibilities of the Trustee and Administrator
may only be made with the Trustee's and Administrator's written consent.  Any
such amendment shall become effective as provided therein upon its execution.
The Trustee shall not be required to execute any such amendment unless the
amendment affects the duties of the Trustee hereunder.

     (b)  The Employer may (1) change the choice of options in the Adoption
Agreement, (2) add overriding language in the Adoption Agreement when such
language is necessary to satisfy Code Sections 415 or 416 because of the
required aggregation of multiple plans, and (3) add certain model amendments
published by the Internal Revenue Service which specifically provide that their
adoption will not cause the Plan to be treated as an individually designed plan.
An Employer that amends the Plan for any other reason, including a waiver of the
minimum funding requirement under Code Section 412(d), will no longer
participate in this Prototype Plan and will be considered to have an
individually designed plan.

     (c)  The Employer expressly delegates authority to the sponsoring
organization of this Plan, the right to amend this Plan by submitting a copy of
the amendment to each Employer who has adopted this Plan after first having
received a ruling or favorable determination from the Internal Revenue Service
that the Plan as amended qualifies under Code Section 401(a) and the Act.  For
purposes of this Section, the mass submitter shall be recognized as

                                     -78-
<PAGE>
 
the agent of the 93 sponsoring organization. If the sponsoring organization does
not adopt the amendments made by the mass submitter, it will no longer be
identical to or a minor modifier of the mass submitter plan.

     (d)  No amendment to the Plan shall be effective if it authorizes or
permits any part of the Trust Fund (other than such part as is required to pay
taxes and administration expenses) to be used for or diverted to any purpose
other than for the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries
or estates; or causes any reduction in the amount credited to the account of any
Participant; or causes or permits any portion of the Trust Fund to revert to or
become property of the Employer.

     (e)  Except as permitted by Regulations (including Regulation 1.411(d)-4),
no Plan amendment or transaction having the effect of a Plan amendment (such as
a merger, plan transfer or similar transaction) shall be effective if it
eliminates or reduces any "Section 411(d)(6) protected benefit" or adds or
modifies conditions relating to "Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits" the
result of which is a further restriction on such benefit unless such protected
benefits are preserved with respect to benefits accrued as of the later of the
adoption date or effective date of the amendment.  "Section 411(d)(6) protected
benefits" are benefits described in Code Section 411(d)(6)(A), early retirement
benefits and retirement-type subsidies, and optional forms of benefit.

     8.2  TERMINATION

     (a)  The Employer shall have the right at any time to terminate the Plan in
whole or in part by delivering to the Trustee and Administrator written notice
of such termination.  Upon any such full or partial termination all amounts
credited to the affected Participants' Combined Accounts shall become 100%
Vested and shall not thereafter be subject to forfeiture, and all unallocated
amounts shall be allocated to the accounts of all Participants in accordance
with the provisions hereof.

     (b)  Upon the full or partial termination of the Plan, the Employer shall
direct the distribution of the assets to affected Participants in a manner which
is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5.  Distributions
to a Participant shall be made in cash (or in property if permitted in the
Adoption Agreement) or through the purchase of irrevocable nontransferable
deferred commitments from the Insurer.  Except as permitted by Regulations, the
termination of the Plan shall not result in the reduction of "Section 411(d)(6)
protected benefits" as described in Section 8.1.

     8.3  MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION

     This Plan may be merged or consolidated with, or its assets and/or
liabilities may be transferred to any other plan only if the benefits which
would be received by a Participant of this Plan, in

                                     -79-
<PAGE>
 
the event of a termination of the plan immediately after such transfer, merger
or consolidation, are at least equal to the benefits the Participant would have
received if the Plan had terminated immediately before the transfer, merger or
consolidation and such merger or consolidation does not otherwise result in the
elimination or reduction of any "Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits" as
described in Section 8.1(e).


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

     9.1  EMPLOYER ADOPTIONS

     (a)  Any organization may become the Employer hereunder by executing the
Adoption Agreement in form satisfactory to the Trustee, and it shall provide
such additional information as the Trustee may require.  The consent of the
Trustee to act as such shall be signified by its execution of the Adoption
Agreement.

     (b)  Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, the affiliation of the
Employer and the participation of its Participants shall be separate and apart
from that of any other employer and its participants hereunder.

     9.2  PARTICIPANT'S RIGHTS

     This Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between the Employer
and any Participant or to be a consideration or an inducement for the employment
of any Participant or Employee.  Nothing contained in this Plan shall be deemed
to give any Participant or Employee the right to be retained in the service of
the Employer or to interfere with the right of the Employer to discharge any
Participant or Employee at any time regardless of the effect which such
discharge shall have upon him as a Participant of this Plan.

     9.3  ALIENATION

     (a) Subject to the exceptions provided below, no benefit which shall be
payable to any person (including a Participant or his Beneficiary) shall be
subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment,
pledge, encumbrance, or charge, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell,
transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, or charge the same shall be void; and no
such benefit shall in any manner be liable for, or subject to, the debts,
contracts, liabilities, engagements, or torts of any such person, nor shall it
be subject to attachment or legal process for or against such person, and the
same shall not be recognized except to such extent as may be required by law.

     (b)  This provision shall not apply to the extent a Participant or
Beneficiary is indebted to the Plan, for any reason,

                                     -80-
<PAGE>
 
under any provision of this Plan.  At the time a distribution is to be made to
or for a Participant's or Beneficiary's benefit, such proportion of the amount
to be distributed as shall equal such indebtedness shall be paid to the Plan, to
apply against or discharge such indebtedness.  Prior to making a payment,
however, the Participant or Beneficiary must be given written notice by the
Administrator that such indebtedness is to be so paid in whole or part from his
Participant's Combined Account.  If the Participant or Beneficiary does not
agree that the indebtedness is a valid claim against his Vested Participant's
Combined Account, he shall be entitled to a review of the validity of the claim
in accordance with procedures provided in Sections 2.12 and 2.13.

     (c)  This provision shall not apply to a "qualified domestic relations
order" defined in Code Section 414(p), and those other domestic relations orders
permitted to be so treated by the Administrator under the provisions of the
Retirement Equity Act of 1984.  The Administrator shall establish a written
procedure to determine the qualified status of domestic relations orders and to
administer distributions under such qualified orders.  Further, to the extent
provided under a "qualified domestic relations order", a former spouse of a
Participant shall be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse for all purposes
under the Plan.

     9.4  CONSTRUCTION OF PLAN

     This Plan and Trust shall be construed and enforced according to the Act
and the laws of the State or Commonwealth in which the Employer's principal
office is located, other than its laws respecting choice of law, to the extent
not pre-empted by the Act.

     9.5  GENDER AND NUMBER

     Wherever any words are used herein in the masculine, feminine or neuter
gender, they shall be construed as though they were also used in another gender
in all cases where they would so apply, and whenever any words are used herein
in the singular or plural form, they shall be construed as though they were also
used in the other form in all cases where they would so apply.

     9.6  LEGAL ACTION

     In the event any claim, suit, or proceeding is brought regarding the Trust
and/or Plan established hereunder to which the Trustee or the Administrator may
be a party, and such claim, suit, or proceeding is resolved in favor of the
Trustee or Administrator, they shall be entitled to be reimbursed from the Trust
Fund for any and all costs, attorney's fees, and other expenses pertaining
thereto incurred by them for which they shall have become liable.

     9.7  PROHIBITION AGAINST DIVERSION OF FUNDS

     (a)  Except as provided below and otherwise specifically permitted by law,
it shall be impossible by operation of the Plan

                                     -81-
<PAGE>
 
or of the Trust, by termination of either, by power of revocation or amendment,
by the happening of any contingency, by collateral arrangement or by any other
means, for any part of the corpus or income of any Trust Fund maintained
pursuant to the Plan or any funds contributed thereto to be used for, or
diverted to, purposes other than the exclusive benefit of Participants, Retired
Participants, or their Beneficiaries.

     (b)  In the event the Employer shall make a contribution under a mistake of
fact pursuant to Section 403(c)(2)(A) of the Act, the Employer may demand
repayment of such contribution at any time within one (1) year following the
time of payment and the Trustees shall return such amount to the Employer within
the one (1) year period.  Earnings of the Plan attributable to the contributions
may not be returned to the Employer but any losses attributable thereto must
reduce the amount so returned.

     9.8  BONDING

     Every Fiduciary, except a bank or an insurance company, unless exempted by
the Act and regulations thereunder, shall be bonded in an amount not less than
10% of the amount of the funds such Fiduciary handles; provided, however, that
the minimum bond shall be $1,000 and the maximum bond, $500,000.  The amount of
funds handled shall be determined at the beginning of each Plan Year by the
amount of funds handled by such person, group, or class to be covered and their
predecessors, if any, during the preceding Plan Year, or if there is no
preceding Plan Year, then by the amount of the funds to be handled during the
then current year.  The bond shall provide protection to the Plan against any
loss by reason of acts of fraud or dishonesty by the Fiduciary alone or in
connivance with others.  The surety shall be a corporate surety company (as such
term is used in Act Section 412(a)(2)), and the bond shall be in a form approved
by the Secretary of Labor.  Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the
contrary, the cost of such bonds shall be an expense of and may, at the election
of the Administrator, be paid from the Trust Fund or by the Employer.

     9.9  EMPLOYER'S AND TRUSTEE'S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE

     Neither the Employer nor the Trustee, nor their successors, shall be
responsible for the validity of any Contract issued hereunder or for the failure
on the part of the Insurer to make payments provided by any such Contract, or
for the action of any person which may delay payment or render a Contract null
and void or unenforceable in whole or in part.

     9.10  INSURER'S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE

     The Insurer who shall issue Contracts hereunder shall not have any
responsibility for the validity of this Plan or for the tax or legal aspects of
this Plan.  The Insurer shall be protected and held harmless in acting in
accordance with any written direction of the Trustee, and shall have no duty to
see to the application of

                                     -82-
<PAGE>
 
any funds paid to the Trustee, nor be required to question any actions directed
by the Trustee.  Regardless of any provision of this Plan, the Insurer shall not
be required to take or permit any action or allow any benefit or privilege
contrary to the terms of any Contract which it issues hereunder, or the rules of
the Insurer.

     9.11  RECEIPT AND RELEASE FOR PAYMENTS

     Any payment to any Participant, his legal representative, Beneficiary, or
to any guardian or committee appointed for such Participant or Beneficiary in
accordance with the provisions of this Plan, shall, to the extent thereof, be in
full satisfaction of all claims hereunder against the Trustee and the Employer.

     9.12  ACTION BY THE EMPLOYER

     Whenever the Employer under the terms of the Plan is permitted or required
to do or perform any act or matter or thing, it shall be done and performed by a
person duly authorized by its legally constituted authority.

     9.13  NAMED FIDUCIARIES AND ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITY The "named
Fiduciaries" of this Plan are (1) the Employer, (2) the Administrator, (3) the
Trustee, and (4) any Investment Manager appointed hereunder.  The named
Fiduciaries shall have only those specific powers, duties, responsibilities, and
obligations as are specifically given them under the Plan.  In general, the
Employer shall have the sole responsibility for making the contributions
provided for under Section 4.1; and shall have the sole authority to appoint and
remove the Trustee and the Administrator; to formulate the Plan's "funding
policy and method"; and to amend the elective provisions of the Adoption
Agreement or terminate, in whole or in part, the Plan.  The Administrator shall
have the sole responsibility for the administration of the Plan, which
responsibility is specifically described in the Plan.  The Trustee shall have
the sole responsibility of management of the assets held under the Trust, except
those assets, the management of which has been assigned to an Investment
Manager, who shall be solely responsible for the management of the assets
assigned to it, all as specifically provided in the Plan.  Each named Fiduciary
warrants that any directions given, information furnished, or action taken by it
shall be in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, authorizing or providing
for such direction, information or action.  Furthermore, each named Fiduciary
may rely upon any such direction, information or action of another named
Fiduciary as being proper under the Plan, and is not required under the Plan to
inquire into the propriety of any such direction, information or action.  It is
intended under the Plan that each named Fiduciary shall be responsible for the
proper exercise of its own powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations
under the Plan.  No named Fiduciary shall guarantee the Trust Fund in any manner
against investment loss or depreciation in asset value.  Any person or group may
serve in more than one Fiduciary capacity.  9.14 HEADINGS

                                     -83-
<PAGE>
 
The headings and subheadings of this Plan have been inserted for convenience of
reference and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions hereof.

     9.15  APPROVAL BY INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE

     (a)  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, pursuant to a
timely application filed by or in behalf of the Plan, the Commissioner of
Internal Revenue Service or his delegate should determine that the Plan does not
initially qualify as a tax-exempt plan under Code Sections 401 and 501, and such
determination is not contested, or if contested, is finally upheld, then if the
Plan is a new plan, it shall be void ab initio and all amounts contributed to
the Plan, by the Employer, less expenses paid, shall be returned within one year
and the Plan shall terminate, and the Trustee shall be discharged from all
further obligations.  If the disqualification relates to an amended plan, then
the Plan shall operate as if it had not been amended and restated.  In the event
that a contribution is made to the Plan conditioned upon qualification of the
Plan as amended, such contribution must be returned to Employer upon the
determination that the amended Plan fails to qualify under the Code.

     (b)  Except as specifically stated in the Plan, any contribution by the
Employer to the Trust Fund is conditioned upon the deductibility of the
contribution by the Employer under the Code and, to the extent any such
deduction is disallowed, the Employer may within one (1) year following a final
determination of the disallowance, whether by agreement with the Internal
Revenue Service or by final decision of a court of competent jurisdiction,
demand repayment of such disallowed contribution and the Trustee shall return
such contribution within one (1) year following the disallowance.  Earnings of
the Plan attributable to the excess contribution may not be returned to the
Employer, but any losses attributable thereto must reduce the amount so
returned.

     9.16  UNIFORMITY

     All provisions of this Plan shall be interpreted and applied in a uniform,
nondiscriminatory manner.

     9.17  PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

     Benefits under this Plan shall be paid, subject to Section 6.10 and Section
6.11 only upon death, Total and Permanent Disability, normal or early
retirement, termination of employment, or upon Plan Termination.


                                     -84-
<PAGE>
 
                                 ARTICLE X

                            PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

     10.1  ELECTION TO BECOME A PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER

     Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with the consent of the
Employer and Trustee, any Affiliated Employer may adopt this Plan and all of the
provisions hereof, and participate herein and be known as a Participating
Employer, by a properly executed document evidencing said intent and will of
such Participating Employer.

     10.2  REQUIREMENTS OF PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

     (a)  Each Participating Employer shall be required to select the same
Adoption Agreement provisions as those selected by the Employer other than such
items that must, by necessity, vary among employers.

     (b) Each such Participating Employer shall be required to use the same
Trustee as provided in this Plan.

     (c) The Trustee may, but shall not be required to, commingle, hold and
invest as one Trust Fund all contributions made by Participating Employers, as
well as all increments thereof.

     (d) The transfer of any Participant from or to an Employer participating in
this Plan, whether he be an Employee of the Employer or a Participating
Employer, shall not affect such Participant's rights under the Plan, and all
amounts credited to such Participant's Combined Account as well as his
accumulated service time with the transferor or predecessor, and his length of
participation in the Plan, shall continue to his credit.

     (e) Any expenses of the Plan which are to be paid by the Employer or borne
by the Trust Fund shall be paid by each Participating Employer in the same
proportion that the total amount standing to the credit of all Participants
employed by such Employer bears to the total standing to the credit of all
Participants.

     (f)  The determination of top heavy status and the minimum allocations
and vesting required of top heavy plans shall be determined separately for each
employer (within the meaning of Code Sections 414(b), 414(c), 414(m), and
414(o)) which participates in this Plan.

     10.3  DESIGNATION OF AGENT

     Each Participating Employer shall be deemed to be a part of this Plan;
provided, however, that with respect to all of its relations with the Trustee
and Administrator for the purpose of this Plan, each Participating Employer
shall be deemed to have

                                     -85-
<PAGE>
 
designated irrevocably the Employer as its agent.  Unless the context of the
Plan clearly indicates the contrary, the word "Employer" shall be deemed to
include each Participating Employer as related to its adoption of the Plan.

     10.4  EMPLOYEE TRANSFERS

     It is anticipated that an Employee may be transferred between Participating
Employers, and in the event of any such transfer, the Employee involved shall
carry with him his accumulated service and eligibility. No such transfer shall
effect a termination of employment hereunder, and the Participating Employer to
which the Employee is transferred shall thereupon become obligated hereunder
with respect to such Employee in the same manner as was the Participating
Employer from whom the Employee was transferred.

     10.5  PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION AND FORFEITURES

     Any contribution or Forfeiture subject to allocation during each Plan Year
shall be allocated among all Participants of all Participating Employers in
accordance with the provisions of this Plan. On the basis of the information
furnished by the Administrator, the Trustee shall keep separate books and
records concerning the affairs of each Participating Employer hereunder and as
to the accounts and credits of the Employees of each Participating Employer. The
Trustee may, but need not, register Contracts so as to evidence that a
particular Participating Employer is the interested Employer hereunder, but in
the event of an Employee transfer from one Participating Employer to another,
the employing Employer shall immediately notify the Trustee thereof.

     10.6  AMENDMENT

     This Plan may be amended by the Employer at any time without the consent of
any other Participating Employer.

     10.7  DISCONTINUANCE OF PARTICIPATION

     Any Participating Employer shall be permitted to discontinue or revoke its
participation in the Plan at any time. At the time of any such discontinuance or
revocation, satisfactory evidence thereof and of any applicable conditions
imposed shall be delivered to the Trustee. The Trustee shall thereafter
transfer, deliver and assign Contracts and other Trust Fund assets allocable to
the Participants of such Participating Employer to such new Trustee as shall
have been designated by such Participating Employer, in the event that it has
established a separate qualified plan for its Employees provided, however, that
no such transfer shall be made if the result is the elimination or reduction of
any "Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits" in accordance with Section 8.1(e). If
no successor is designated, the Trustee shall retain such assets for the
Employees of said Participating Employer pursuant to the provisions of Article
VII hereof. In no such event shall any part

                                     -86-
<PAGE>
 
of the corpus or income of the Trust Fund as it relates to such Participating
Employer be used for or diverted for purposes other than for the exclusive
benefit of the Employees of such Participating Employer.

     10.8  ADMINISTRATOR'S AUTHORITY

     The Administrator shall have authority to make any and all necessary
rules or regulations, binding upon all Participating Employers and all
Participants, to effectuate the purpose of this Article.

     10.9  PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION FOR AFFILIATE

     If any Participating Employer is prevented in whole or in part from making
a contribution which it would otherwise have made under the Plan by reason of
having no current or accumulated earnings or profits, or because such earnings
or profits are less than the contribution which it would otherwise have made,
then, pursuant to Code Section 404(a)(3)(B), so much of the contribution which
such Participating Employer was so prevented from making may be made, for the
benefit of the participating employees of such Participating Employer, by other
Participating Employers who are members of the same affiliated group within the
meaning of Code Section 1504 to the extent of their current or accumulated
earnings or profits, except that such contribution by each such other
Participating Employer shall be limited to the proportion of its total current
and accumulated earnings or profits remaining after adjustment for its
contribution to the Plan made without regard to this paragraph which the total
prevented contribution bears to the total current and accumulated earnings or
profits of all the Participating Employers remaining after adjustment for all
contributions made to the Plan without regard to this paragraph. A Participating
Employer on behalf of whose employees a contribution is made under this
paragraph shall not be required to reimburse the contributing Participating
Employers.

                                   ARTICLE XI

                          CASH OR DEFERRED PROVISIONS

     Notwithstanding any provisions in the Plan to the contrary, the provisions
of this Article shall apply with respect to any 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan.

     11.1  FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION

     For each Plan Year, the Employer shall contribute to the Plan:

          (a)  The amount of the total salary reduction elections of all
     Participants made pursuant to Section 11.2(a), which amount shall be deemed
     an Employer's Elective Contribution, plus

                                     -87-
<PAGE>
 
          (b) If specified in the Adoption Agreement, a matching contribution
     equal to the percentage specified in the Adoption Agreement of the Deferred
     Compensation of each Participant eligible to share in the allocations of
     the matching contribution, which amount shall be deemed an Employer's Non-
     Elective or Elective Contribution as selected in the Adoption Agreement,
     plus

          (c)  If specified in the Adoption Agreement, a discretionary amount,
     if any, which shall be deemed an Employer's Non-Elective Contribution, plus

          (d)  If specified in E5 of the Adoption Agreement, a Qualified Non-
     Elective Contribution.

          (e)  All contributions by the Employer shall be made in cash or in
     such property as is acceptable to the Trustee.

          (f)  To the extent necessary to provide the top heavy minimum
     allocations, the Employer shall make a contribution even if it exceeds
     current or accumulated Net Profit.

          (g)  Employer Elective Contributions accumulated through payroll
     deductions shall be paid to the Trustee as of the earliest date on which
     such contributions can reasonably be segregated from the Employer's general
     assets, but in any event within ninety (90) days from the date on which
     such amounts would otherwise have been payable to the Participant in cash.
     The provisions of Department of Labor regulations 2510.3-102 are
     incorporated herein by reference.  Furthermore, any additional Employer
     contributions which are allocable to the Participant's Elective Account for
     a Plan Year shall be paid to the Plan no later than the twelve-month period
     immediately following the close of such Plan Year.

     11.2  PARTICIPANT'S SALARY REDUCTION ELECTION

          (a)  If selected in the Adoption Agreement, each Participant may elect
     to defer his Compensation which would have been received in the Plan Year,
     but for the deferral election, subject to the limitations of this Section
     and the Adoption Agreement.  A deferral election (or modification of an
     earlier election) may not be made with respect to Compensation which is
     currently available on or before the date the Participant executed such
     election, or if later, the latest of the date the Employer adopts this cash
     or deferred arrangement, or the date such arrangement first became
     effective.  Any elections made pursuant to this Section shall become
     effective as soon as is administratively feasible.  The amount by which
     Compensation is reduced shall be that Participant's Deferred Compensation
     and be treated as an Employer Elective Contribution and allocated to that
     Participant's Elective Account.  Once made, a Participant's election to
     reduce Compensation shall remain in effect until


                                     -88-
<PAGE>
 
     modified or terminated.  Modifications may be made as specified in the
     Adoption Agreement, and terminations may be made at any time.  Any
     modification or termination of an election will become effective as soon as
     is administratively feasible.

          (b)  The balance in each Participant's Elective Account shall be fully
     Vested at all times and shall not be subject to Forfeiture for any reason.

          (c)  Amounts held in the Participant's Elective Account and Qualified
     Non-Elective Account may be distributable as permitted under the Plan, but
     in no event prior to the earlier of:

               (1)  a Participant's termination of employment, Total and
          Permanent Disability, or death;

               (2)  a Participant's attainment of age 59 1/2;

               (3)  the proven financial hardship of a Participant, subject to
          the limitations of Section 11.8;

               (4)  the termination of the Plan without the existence at the
          time of Plan termination of another defined contribution plan (other
          than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section
          4975(e)(7)) or the establishment of a successor defined contribution
          plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code
          Section 4975(e)(7)) by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer within
          the period ending twelve months after distribution of all assets from
          the Plan maintained by the Employer;

               (5)  the date of the sale by the Employer to an entity that is
          not an Affiliated Employer of substantially all of the assets (within
          the meaning of Code Section 409(d)(2)) with respect to a Participant
          who continues employment with the corporation acquiring such assets;
          or

               (6)  the date of the sale by the Employer or an Affiliated
          Employer of its interest in a subsidiary (within the meaning of Code
          Section 409(d)(3)) to an entity that is not an Affiliated Employer
          with respect to a Participant who continues employment with such
          subsidiary.

          (d)  In any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1987, a
     Participant's Deferred Compensation made under this Plan and all other
     plans, contracts or arrangements of the Employer maintaining this Plan
     shall not exceed the limitation imposed by Code Section 402(g), as in
     effect for the calendar year in which such Plan Year began.  This dollar
     limitation shall be

                                     -89-
<PAGE>
 
     adjusted annually pursuant to the method provided in Code Section 415(d) in
     accordance with Regulations.

          (e)  In the event a Participant has received a hardship distribution
     pursuant to Regulation 1.401(k)-1(d)(2)(iii)(B) from any other plan
     maintained by the Employer or from his Participant's Elective Account
     pursuant to Section 11.8, then such Participant shall not be permitted to
     elect to have Deferred Compensation contributed to the Plan on his behalf
     for a period of twelve (12) months following the receipt of the
     distribution.  Furthermore, the dollar limitation under Code Section 402(g)
     shall be reduced, with respect to the Participant's taxable year following
     the taxable year in which the hardship distribution was made, by the amount
     of such Participant's Deferred Compensation, if any, made pursuant to this
     Plan (and any other plan maintained by the Employer) for the taxable year
     of the hardship distribution.

          (f)  If a Participant's Deferred Compensation under this Plan together
     with any elective deferrals (as defined in Regulation 1.402(g)-1(b)) under
     another qualified cash or deferred arrangement (as defined in Code Section
     401(k)), a simplified employee pension (as defined in Code Section 408(k)),
     a salary reduction arrangement (within the meaning of Code Section
     3121(a)(5)(D)), a deferred compensation plan under Code Section 457, or a
     trust described in Code Section 501(c)(18) cumulatively exceed the
     limitation imposed by Code Section 402(g) (as adjusted annually in
     accordance with the method provided in Code Section 415(d) pursuant to
     Regulations) for such Participant's taxable year, the Participant may, not
     later than March 1st following the close of his taxable year, notify the
     Administrator in writing of such excess and request that his Deferred
     Compensation under this Plan be reduced by an amount specified by the
     Participant.  In such event, the Administrator shall direct the Trustee to
     distribute such excess amount (and any Income allocable to such excess
     amount) to the Participant not later than the first April 15th following
     the close of the Participant's taxable year.  Distributions in accordance
     with this paragraph may be made for any taxable year of the Participant
     which begins after December 31, 1986.  Any distribution of less than the
     entire amount of Excess Deferred Compensation and Income shall be treated
     as a pro rata distribution of Excess Deferred Compensation and Income.  The
     amount distributed shall not exceed the Participant's Deferred Compensation
     under the Plan for the taxable year.  Any distribution on or before the
     last day of the Participant's taxable year must satisfy each of the
     following conditions: 107  (1) the Participant shall designate the
     distribution as Excess Deferred Compensation; (2) the distribution must be
     made after the date on which the Plan received the Excess Deferred
     Compensation; and (3) the Plan must designate the distribution as a
     distribution of Excess Deferred Compensation.  For the purpose of this
     Section, "Income" means

                                     -90-
<PAGE>
 
     the amount of income allocable to a Participant's Excess Deferred
     Compensation and shall be equal to the sum of the allocable gain for the
     taxable year of the Participant and the allocable gain for the period
     between the end of the taxable year of the Participant and the date of
     distribution ("gap period").  The income allocable to each such period is
     calculated separately and is determined by multiplying the income allocable
     to the Participant's Deferred Compensation for the respective period by a
     fraction.  The numerator of the fraction is the Participant's Excess
     Deferred Compensation for the taxable year of the Participant.  The
     denominator is the balance, as of the last day of the respective period, of
     the Participant's Elective Account that is attributable to the
     Participant's Deferred Compensation reduced by the gain allocable to such
     total amount for the respective period.  In lieu of the "fractional method"
     described above, a "safe harbor method" may be used to calculate the
     allocable income for the "gap period".  Under such "safe harbor method",
     allocable income for the "gap period" shall be deemed to equal ten percent
     (10%) of the income allocable to a Participant's Excess Deferred
     Compensation for the taxable year of the Participant multiplied by the
     number of calendar months in the "gap period".  For purposes of determining
     the number of calendar months in the "gap period", a distribution occurring
     on or before the fifteenth day of the month shall be treated as having been
     made on the last day of the preceding month and a distribution occurring
     after such fifteenth day shall be treated as having been made on the first
     day of the next subsequent month.  Income allocable to any distribution of
     Excess Deferred Compensation on or before the last day of the taxable year
     of the Participant shall be calculated from the first day of the taxable
     year of the Participant to the date on which the distribution is made
     pursuant to either the "fractional method" or the "safe harbor method".
     Notwithstanding the above, for the 1987 calendar year, Income during the
     "gap period" shall not be taken into account.

          (g)  Notwithstanding the above, a Participant's Excess Deferred
     Compensation shall be reduced, but not below zero, by any distribution of
     Excess Contributions pursuant to Section 11.5(a) for the Plan Year
     beginning with or within the taxable year of the Participant.

          (h)  At Normal Retirement Date, or such other date when the
     Participant shall be entitled to receive benefits, the fair market value of
     the Participant's Elective Account shall be used to provide benefits to the
     Participant or his Beneficiary.

          (i)  Employer Elective Contributions made pursuant to this Section may
     be segregated into a separate account for each Participant in a federally
     insured savings account, certificate of deposit in a bank or savings and
     loan association, money market certificate, or other short-term


                                     -91-
<PAGE>
 
     debt security acceptable to the Trustee until such time as the allocations
     pursuant to Section 11.3 have been made.

          (j)  The Employer and the Administrator shall adopt a procedure
     necessary to implement the salary reduction elections provided for herein.

     11.3  ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION, FORFEITURES AND EARNINGS

          (a)  The Administrator shall establish and maintain an account in the
     name of each Participant to which the Administrator shall credit as of each
     Anniversary Date, or other valuation date, all amounts allocated to each
     such Participant as set forth herein.

          (b)  The Employer shall provide the Administrator with all information
     required by the Administrator to make a proper allocation of the Employer's
     contributions for each Plan Year.  Within a reasonable period of time after
     the date of receipt by the Administrator of such information, the
     Administrator shall allocate such contribution as follows:

               (1)  With respect to the Employer's Elective Contribution made
          pursuant to Section 11.1(a), to each Participant's Elective Account in
          an amount equal to each such Participant's Deferred Compensation for
          the year.

               (2)  With respect to the Employer's Matching Contribution made
          pursuant to Section 11.1(b), to each Participant's Account, or
          Participant's Elective Account as selected in the Adoption Agreement,
          in accordance with Section 11.1(b).  Except, however, a Participant
          who is not credited with a Year of Service during any Plan Year shall
          or shall not share in the Employer's Matching Contribution for that
          year as provided in the Adoption Agreement.  However, for Plan Years
          beginning after 1989, if this is a standardized Plan, a Participant
          shall share in the Employer's Matching Contribution regardless of
          Hours of Service.

               (3)  With respect to the Employer's Non-Elective Contribution
          made pursuant to Section 11.1(c), to each Participant's Account in
          accordance with the provisions of Sections 4.4(b)(2) or 4.4(b)(3),
          whichever is applicable, and 4.4(k).

               (4)  With respect to the Employer's Qualified Non-Elective
          Contribution made pursuant to Section, to each Participant's Qualified
          Non-Elective Contribution Account in the same proportion that each
          such Participant's Compensation for the year bears to the total
          Compensation of all Participants for such year.

                                     -92-
<PAGE>
 
          (c)  Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, for Plan
     Years beginning after December 31, 1988, in determining whether a Non-Key
     Employee has received the required minimum allocation pursuant to section
     4.4(f) such Non-Key Employee's Deferred Compensation and matching
     contributions used to satisfy the "Actual Deferral Percentage" test
     pursuant to Section 11.4(a) or the "Actual Contribution Percentage" test of
     Section 11.6(a) shall not be taken into account.

          (d)  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, participants who
     terminated employment during the Plan Year shall share in the salary
     reduction contributions made by the Employer for the year of termination
     without regard to the Hours of Service credited.

          (e)  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary (other than
     Sections 11.3(d) and 11.3(f)), any Participant who terminated employment
     during the Plan Year shall or shall not share in the allocations of the
     Employer's Matching Contribution made pursuant to Section 11.1(b), the
     Employer's Non-Elective Contributions made pursuant to Section 11.1(c), and
     Forfeitures as provided in the Adoption Agreement.  Notwithstanding the
     foregoing, for Plan Years beginning after 1989, if this is a standardized
     Plan, any terminated Participant shall share in such allocations provided
     the terminated Participant completed more than 500 Hours of Service.

          (f)  Notwithstanding any election in the Adoption Agreement to the
     contrary, if this is a non-standardized Plan that would otherwise fail to
     meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(26), 410(b)(1), or
     410(b)(2)(A)(i) and the Regulations thereunder because Employer matching
     Contributions made pursuant to Section 11.1(b), Employer Non-Elective
     Contributions made pursuant to Section 11.1(c) or Employer Qualified Non-
     Elective Contributions made pursuant to Section 11.1(d) have not been
     allocated to a sufficient number or percentage of Participants for a Plan
     Year, then the following rules shall apply:

               (1)  Allocations of the Employer's Contributions and Forfeitures
          shall first be made to all active Participants who are employed on the
          last day of the Plan Year, regardless of the number of Hours of
          Service completed; and

               (2)  Allocations of the Employer's Contributions and Forfeitures
          shall be made to all Participants who terminated employment during the
          Plan Year for reasons other than death, disability, or retirement and
          who completed more than 500 Hours of Service.

                                     -93-
<PAGE>
 
               (3)  The group of Participants eligible to share in the
          respective contributions for the Plan Year shall be expanded to
          include the minimum number of Participants who would not otherwise be
          eligible as are necessary to satisfy the applicable test specified
          above.  The specific participants who shall be come eligible under the
          terms of this paragraph shall be those who are actively employed on
          the last day of the Plan Year and, when compared to similarly situated
          Participants, have completed the greatest number of Hours of Service
          in the Plan Year.

               (4)  If after application of paragraph (1) above, the applicable
          test is still not satisfied, then the group of Participants eligible
          to share for the Plan Year shall be further expanded to include the
          minimum number of Participants who are not actively employed on the
          last day of the Plan Year as are necessary to satisfy the applicable
          test.  The specific Participants who shall become eligible to share
          shall be those Participants, when compared to similarly situated
          Participants, who have completed the greatest number of Hours of
          Service in the Plan Year before terminating employment.

     11.4  ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS

          (a)  Maximum Annual Allocation: For each Plan Year beginning after
     December 31, 1986, the annual allocation derived from Employer Elective
     Contributions and Qualified Non-Elective Contributions to a Participant's
     Elective Account and Qualified Non-Elective Account shall satisfy one of
     the following tests:

               (1)  The "Actual Deferral Percentage" for the Highly Compensated
          Participant group shall not be more than the "Actual Deferral
          Percentage" of the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group multiplied
          by 1.25, or

               (2)  The excess of the "Actual Deferral Percentage" for the
          Highly Compensated Participant group over the "Actual Deferral
          Percentage" for the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group shall not
          be more than two percentage points.  Additionally, the "Actual
          Deferral Percentage" for the Highly Compensated Participant group
          shall not exceed the "Actual Deferral Percentage" for the Non-Highly
          Compensated Participant group multiplied by 2.  The provisions of Code
          Section 401(k)(3) and Regulation 1.401(k)-1(b) are incorporated herein
          by reference.  However, for Plan Years beginning after December 31,
          1988, to prevent the multiple use of the alternative method described
          in (2) above and Code Section 401(m)(9)(A), any Highly Compensated
          Participant eligible to make elective deferrals pursuant to Section
          11.2 and to make Employee contributions or to receive matching


                                     -94-
<PAGE>
 
          contributions under this Plan or under any other plan maintained by
          the Employer or an Affiliated Employer shall have either his actual
          deferral ratio or his actual contribution ratio reduced as elected in
          the Adoption Agreement.

          (b)  For the purposes of this Section "Actual Deferral Percentage"
     means, with respect to the Highly Compensated Participant group and Non-
     Highly Compensated Participant group for a Plan Year, the average of the
     ratios, calculated separately for each Participant in such group, of the
     amount of Employer Elective Contributions and Qualified Non-Elective
     Contributions allocated to each Participant's Elective Account and
     Qualified Non-Elective Account for such Plan Year, to such Participant's
     "414(s) Compensation" for such Plan Year.  The actual deferral ratio for
     each Participant and the "Actual Deferral Percentage" for each group, for
     Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, shall be calculated to the
     nearest one-hundredth of one percent of the Participant's "414(s)
     Compensation".  Employer Elective Contributions allocated to each Non-
     Highly Compensated Participant's Elective Account shall be reduced by
     Excess Deferred Compensation to the extent such excess amounts are made
     under this Plan or any other plan maintained by the Employer.

          (c)  For the purpose of determining the actual deferral ratio of a
     Highly Compensated Participant who is subject to the Family Member
     aggregation rules of Code Section 414(q)(6) because such Participant is
     either a "five percent owner" of the Employer or one of the ten (10) Highly
     Compensated Employees paid the greatest "415 Compensation" during the year,
     the following shall apply:

               (1)  The combined actual deferral ratio for the family group
          (which shall be treated as one Highly Compensated Participant) shall
          be the greater of:

                    (i)  the ratio determined by aggregating Employer Elective
               Contributions and "414(s) Compensation" of all eligible Family
               Members who are Highly Compensated Participants without regard to
               family aggregation; and

                    (ii)  the ratio determined by aggregating Employer Elective
               Contributions and "414(s) Compensation" of all eligible Family
               Members (including Highly Compensated Participants).  However, in
               applying the $200,000 limit to "414(s) Compensation" for Plan
               Years beginning after December 31, 1988, Family Members shall
               include only the affected Employee's spouse and any lineal
               descendants who have not attained age 19 before the close of the
               Plan Year.

                                     -95-
<PAGE>
 
               (2)  The Employer Elective Contributions and "414(s)
          Compensation" of all Family Members shall be disregarded for purposes
          of determining the "Actual Deferral Percentage" of the Non-Highly
          Compensated Participant group except to the extent taken into account
          in paragraph (1) above.

               (3)  If a Participant is required to be aggregated as a member of
          more than one family group in a plan, all Participants who are members
          of those family groups that include the Participant are aggregated as
          one family group in accordance with paragraphs (1) and (2) above.

          (d)  For the purposes of this Section and Code Sections 401(a)(4),
     410(b) and 401(k), if two or more plans which include cash or deferred
     arrangements are considered one plan for the purposes of Code Section
     401(a)(4) or 410(b) (other than Code Section 401(b)(2)(A)(ii) as in effect
     for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988), the cash or deferred
     arrangements included in such plans shall be treated as one arrangement.
     In addition, two or more cash or deferred arrangements may be considered as
     a single arrangement for purposes of determining whether or not such
     arrangements satisfy Code Sections 401(a)(4), 410(b) and 401(k).  In such a
     case, the cash or deferred arrangements included in such plans and the
     plans including such arrangements shall be treated as one arrangement and
     as one plan for purposes of this Section and Code Sections 401(a)(4),
     410(b) and 401(k).  For plan years beginning after December 31, 1989, plans
     may be aggregated under this paragraph (e) only if they have the same plan
     year.  Notwithstanding the above, for Plan Years beginning after December
     31, 1988, an employee stock ownership plan described in Code Section
     4975(e)(7) may not be combined with this Plan for purposes of determining
     whether the employee stock ownership plan or this Plan satisfies this
     Section and Code Sections 401(a)(4), 410(b) and 401(k).

          (e)  For the purposes of this Section, if a Highly Compensated
     Participant is a Participant under two (2) or more cash or deferred
     arrangements (other than a cash or deferred arrangement which is part of an
     employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7) for
     Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988) of the Employer or an
     Affiliated Employer, all such cash or deferred arrangements shall be
     treated as one cash or deferred arrangement for the purpose of determining
     the actual deferral ratio with respect to such Highly Compensated
     Participant.  However, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, if
     the cash or deferred arrangements have different Plan Years, this paragraph
     shall be applied by treating all cash or deferred arrangements ending with
     or within the same calendar year as a single arrangement.

                                     -96-
<PAGE>
 
     11.5  ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS

     In the event that the initial allocations of the Employer's Elective
Contributions and Qualified Non-Elective Contributions do not satisfy one of the
tests set forth in Section 11.4, for Plan Years beginning after December 31,
1986, the Administrator shall adjust Excess Contributions pursuant to the
options set forth below:

          (a)  Within 12 months following the end of each Plan Year, the Highly
     Compensated Participant having the highest actual deferral ratio shall have
     his portion of Excess Contributions distributed to him until one of the
     tests set forth in Section 11.4 is satisfied, or until his actual deferral
     ratio equals the actual deferral ratio of the Highly Compensated
     Participant having the second highest actual deferral ratio.  This process
     shall continue until one of the tests set forth in Section 11.4 is
     satisfied.  For each 115  Highly Compensated Participant, the amount of
     Excess Contributions is equal to the Elective Contributions and Qualified
     Non-Elective Contributions made on behalf of such Highly Compensated
     Participant (determined prior to the application of this paragraph) minus
     the amount determined by multiplying the Highly Compensated Participant's
     actual deferral ratio (determined after application of this paragraph) by
     his "414(s) Compensation".  However, in determining the amount of Excess
     Contributions to be distributed with respect to an affected Highly
     Compensated Participant as determined herein, such amount shall be reduced
     by any Excess Deferred Compensation previously determined to be
     distributable to such affected Highly Compensated Participant for his
     taxable year ending with or within such Plan Year.  Any distribution of
     Excess Contributions shall be made in accordance with the following:

               (1)  With respect to the distribution of Excess Contributions
          pursuant to (a) above, such distribution:

                    (i)    may be postponed but not later than the close of the
               Plan Year following the Plan Year to which they are allocable;

                    (ii)   shall be made first from unmatched Deferred
               Compensation and, thereafter, simultaneously from Deferred
               Compensation which is matched and matching contributions which
               relate to such Deferred Compensation.  However, any such matching
               contributions shall be forfeited in lieu of being distributed;

                    (iii)  shall be made from Qualified Non-Elective
               Contributions only to the extent that Excess Contributions exceed
               the balance in the Participant's Elective Account attributable to

                                     -97-
<PAGE>
 
               Deferred Compensation and Employer matching contributions.

                    (iv)   shall be adjusted for Income; and

                    (v)    shall be designated by the Employer as a distribution
               of Excess Contributions (and Income).

               (2)  Any distribution of less than the entire amount of Excess
          Contributions shall be treated as a pro rata distribution of Excess
          Contributions and Income.

               (3)  The determination and correction of Excess Contributions of
          a Highly Compensated Participant whose actual deferral ratio is
          determined under the family aggregation rules shall be accomplished as
          follows:

                    (i)    If the actual deferral ratio for the Highly
               Compensated Participant is determined in accordance with Section
               11.4(c)(1)(ii), then the actual deferral ratio shall be reduced
               as required herein and the Excess Contributions for the family
               unit shall be allocated among the Family Members in proportion to
               the Elective Contributions of each Family Member that were
               combined to determine the group actual deferral ratio.

                    (ii)   If the actual deferral ratio for the Highly
               Compensated Participant is determined under Section
               11.4(c)(1)(i), then the actual deferral ratio shall first be
               reduced as required herein, but not below the actual deferral
               ratio of the group of Family Members who are not Highly
               Compensated Participants without regard to family aggregation.
               The Excess Contributions resulting from this initial reduction
               shall be allocated (in proportion to Elective Contributions)
               among the Highly Compensated Participants whose Elective
               Contributions were combined to determine the actual deferral
               ratio.  If further reduction is still required, then Excess
               Contributions resulting from this further reduction shall be
               determined by taking into account the contributions of all Family
               Members and shall be allocated among them in proportion to their
               respective Elective Contributions.

               (b)  Within twelve (12) months after the end of the Plan Year,
          the Employer shall make a special Qualified Non-Elective Contribution
          on behalf of all Non-Highly Compensated Participants who are employed
          at the end of the Plan Year, but without regard to Hours of Service
          during the Plan Year in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the
          tests set forth in Section 11.4(a).  Such

                                     -98-
<PAGE>
 
          contribution shall be allocated to the Participant's Qualified Non-
          Elective Account of each Non-Highly Compensated Participant in the
          same proportion that each Non-Highly Compensated Participant's
          Compensation for the year bears to the total Compensation of all Non-
          Highly Compensated Participants.

               (c)  For purposes of this Section, "Income" means the income
          allocable to Excess Contributions which shall equal the sum of the
          allocable gain for the Plan Year and the allocable gain for the period
          between the end of the Plan Year and the date of distribution ("gap
          period").  The income allocable to Excess Contributions for the Plan
          Year and the "gap period" is calculated separately and is determined
          by multiplying the income for the Plan Year or the "gap period" by a
          fraction.  The numerator of the fraction is the Excess Contributions
          for the Plan Year.  The denominator of the fraction is the total of
          the Participant's Elective Account attributable to Elective
          Contributions and the Participant's Qualified Non-Elective Account as
          of the end of the Plan Year or the "gap period", reduced by the gain
          allocable to such total amount for the Plan Year or the "gap period".
          In lieu of the "fractional method" described above, a "safe harbor
          method" may be used to calculate the allocable Income for the "gap
          period".  Under such "safe harbor method", allocable Income for the
          "gap period" shall be deemed to equal ten percent (10%) of the Income
          allocable to Excess Contributions for the Plan Year of the Participant
          multiplied by the number of calendar months in the "gap period".  For
          purposes of determining the number of calendar months in the "gap
          period", a distribution occurring on or before the fifteenth day of
          the month shall be treated as having been made on the last day of the
          preceding month and a distribution occurring after such fifteenth day
          shall be treated as having been made on the first day of the next
          subsequent month.  Notwithstanding the above, for Plan Years which
          began in 1987, Income during the "gap period" shall not be taken into
          account.

               (d)  Any amounts not distributed within 2 1/2 months after the
          end of the Plan Year shall be subject to the 10% Employer excise tax
          imposed by Code Section 4979.

     11.6  ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS

          (a)  The "Actual Contribution Percentage", for Plan Years beginning
     after the later of the Effective Date of this Plan or December 31, 1986,
     for the Highly Compensated Participant group shall not exceed the greater
     of:

               (1)  125 percent of such percentage for the Non-Highly
          Compensated Participant group; or

                                     -99-
<PAGE>
 
               (2)  the lesser of 200 percent of such percentage for the Non-
          Highly Compensated Participant group, or such percentage for the Non-
          Highly Compensated Participant group plus 2 percentage points.
          However, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, to prevent
          the multiple use of the alternative method described in this paragraph
          and Code Section 401(m)(9)(A), any Highly Compensated Participant
          eligible to make elective deferrals pursuant to Section 11.2 or any
          other cash or deferred arrangement maintained by the Employer or an
          Affiliated Employer and to make Employee contributions or to receive
          matching contributions under any plan maintained by the Employer or an
          Affiliated Employer shall have either his actual deferral ratio or his
          actual contribution ratio as elected in the Adoption Agreement. The
          provisions of Code Section 401(m) and Regulations 1.401(m)-1(b) and
          1.401(m)-2 are incorporated herein by reference.

          (b)  For the purposes of this Section and Section 11.7, "Actual
     Contribution Percentage" for a Plan Year means, with respect to the Highly
     Compensated Participant group and Non-Highly Compensated Participant group,
     the average of the ratios (calculated separately for each Participant in
     each group) of:  119  (1) the sum of Employer matching contributions made
     pursuant to Section 11.1(b) (to the extent such matching contributions are
     not used to satisfy the tests set forth in Section 11.4) and voluntary
     Employee contributions made pursuant to Section 4.8 on behalf of each such
     Participant for such Plan Year; to (2) the Participant's "414(s)
     Compensation" for such Plan Year.

          (c)  For purposes of determining the "Actual Contribution Percentage"
     and the amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions pursuant to Section
     11.7(d), only Employer matching contributions contributed to the Plan prior
     to the end of the succeeding Plan Year shall be considered.  In addition,
     the Administrator may elect to take into account, with respect to Employees
     eligible to have Employer matching contributions made pursuant to Section
     11.1(b) or voluntary Employee contributions made pursuant to Section 4.8
     allocated to their accounts, elective deferrals (as defined in Regulation
     1.402(g)-1(b)) and qualified non-elective contributions (as defined in Code
     Section 401(m)(4)(C)) contributed to any plan maintained by the Employer.
     Such elective deferrals and qualified non-elective contributions shall be
     treated as Employer matching contributions subject to Regulation 
     1.401(m)-1(b)(2) which is incorporated herein by reference. However, for
     Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, the Plan Year must be the
     same as the plan year of the plan to which the elective deferrals and the
     qualified non-elective contributions are made.

                                     -100-
<PAGE>
 
          (d)  For the purpose of determining the actual contribution ratio of a
     Highly Compensated Employee who is subject to the Family Member aggregation
     rules of Code Section 414(q)(6) because such Employee is either a "five
     percent owner" of the Employer or one of the ten (10) Highly Compensated
     Employees paid the greatest "415 Compensation" during the year, the
     following shall apply:

               (1)  The combined actual contribution ratio for the family group
          (which shall be treated as one Highly Compensated Participant) shall
          be the greater of:

                    (i)   the ratio determined by aggregating Employer matching
               contributions made pursuant to Section 11.1(b) (to the extent
               such matching contributions are not used to satisfy the tests set
               forth in Section 11.4) and "414(s) Compensation" of all eligible
               Family Members who are Highly Compensated Participants without
               regard to family aggregation; and

                    (ii)  the ratio determined by aggregating Employer matching
               contributions made pursuant to Section 11.1(b) (to the extent
               such matching contributions are not used to satisfy the tests set
               forth in Section 11.4) and "414(s) Compensation" of all eligible
               Family Members (including Highly Compensated Participants).
               However, in applying the $200,000 limit to "414(s) Compensation"
               for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, Family Members
               shall include only the affected Employee's spouse and any lineal
               descendants who have not attained age 19 before the close of the
               Plan Year.

               (2)  The Employer matching contributions made pursuant to Section
          11.1(b) (to the extent such matching contributions are not used to
          satisfy the tests set forth in Section 11.4) and "414(s) Compensation"
          of all Family Members shall be disregarded for purposes of determining
          the "Actual Contribution Percentage" of the Non-Highly Compensated
          Participant group except to the extent taken into account in paragraph
          (1) above.

               (3)  If a Participant is required to be aggregated as a member of
          more than one family group in a plan, all Participants who are members
          of those family groups that include the Participant are aggregated as
          one family group in accordance with paragraphs (1) and (2) above.

          (e)  For purposes of this Section and Code Sections 401(a)(4), 410(b)
     and 401(m), if two or more plans of the Employer to which matching
     contributions, Employee contributions, or both, are made are treated as one
     plan for

                                     -101-
<PAGE>
 
     purposes of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410(b) (other than the average
     benefits test under Code Section 410(b)(2)(A)(ii) as in effect for Plan
     Years beginning after December 31, 1988), such plans shall be treated as
     one plan.  In addition, two or more plans of the Employer to which matching
     contributions, Employee contributions, or both, are made may be considered
     as a 121 single plan for purposes of determining whether or not such plans
     satisfy Code Sections 401(a)(4), 410(b) and 401(m).  In such a case, the
     aggregated plans must satisfy this Section and Code Sections 401(a)(4),
     410(b) and 401(m) as though such aggregated plans were a single plan.  For
     plan years beginning after December 31, 1989, plans may be aggregated under
     this paragraph only if they have the same plan year.  Notwithstanding the
     above, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, an employee stock
     ownership plan described in Code Section 4975(e)(7) may not be aggregated
     with this Plan for purposes of determining whether the employee stock
     ownership plan or this Plan satisfies this Section and Code Sections
     401(a)(4), 410(b) and 401(m).

          (f)  If a Highly Compensated Participant is a Participant under two or
     more plans (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code
     Section 4975(e)(7) for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988) which
     are maintained by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer to which matching
     contributions, Employee contributions, or both, are made, all such
     contributions on behalf of such Highly Compensated Participant shall be
     aggregated for purposes of determining such Highly Compensated
     Participant's actual contribution ratio.  However, for Plan Years beginning
     after December 31, 1988, if the plans have different plan years, this
     paragraph shall be applied by treating all plans ending with or within the
     same calendar year as a single plan.

          (g)  For purposes of Section 11.6(a) and 11.7, a Highly Compensated
     Participant and a Non-Highly Compensated Participant shall include any
     Employee eligible to have matching contributions made pursuant to Section
     11.1(b) (whether or not a deferred election was made or suspended pursuant
     to Section 11.2(e)) allocated to his account for the Plan Year or to make
     salary deferrals pursuant to Section 11.2 (if the Employer uses salary
     deferrals to satisfy the provisions of this Section) or voluntary Employee
     contributions pursuant to Section 4.8 (whether or not voluntary Employee
     contributions are made) allocated to his account for the Plan Year.

          (h)  For purposes of this Section, "Matching Contribution" shall mean
     an Employee contribution made to the Plan, or to a contract described in
     Code Section 403(b), on behalf of a Participant on account of an Employee
     contribution made by such Participant, or on account of a participant's
     deferred compensation, under a plan maintained by the Employer.

                                     -102-
<PAGE>
 
     11.7  ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS

           (a)  In the event that for Plan Years beginning after December 31,
     1986, the "Actual Contribution Percentage" for the Highly Compensated
     Participant group exceeds the "Actual Contribution Percentage" for the Non-
     Highly Compensated Participant group pursuant to Section 11.6(a), the
     Administrator (on or before the fifteenth day of the third month following
     the end of the Plan Year, but in no event later than the close of the
     following Plan Year) shall direct the Trustee to distribute to the Highly
     Compensated Participant having the highest actual contribution ratio, his
     portion of Excess Aggregate Contributions (and Income allocable to such
     contributions) or, if forfeitable, forfeit such non-Vested Excess Aggregate
     Contributions attributable to Employer matching contributions (but not
     Income allocable to such Forfeitures) until either one of the tests set
     forth in Section 11.6(a) is satisfied, or until his actual contribution
     ratio equals the actual contribution ratio of the Highly Compensated
     Participant having the second highest actual contribution ratio.  This
     process shall continue until one of the tests set forth in Section 11.6(a)
     is satisfied.  The distribution and/or Forfeiture of Excess Aggregate
     Contributions shall be made in the following order:

                (1)  Employer matching contributions distributed and/or 
          forfeited pursuant to Section 11.5(a)(1);

                (2)  Voluntary Employee contributions;

                (3)  Remaining Employer matching contributions.

           (b)  Any distribution or Forfeiture of less than the entire amount of
     Excess Aggregate Contributions (and Income) shall be treated as a pro rata
     distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions and Income.  Distribution of
     Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be designated by the Employer as a
     distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions (and Income).  Forfeitures
     of Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be treated in accordance with
     Section 4.4.

           (c)  Excess Aggregate Contributions attributable to amounts other
     than voluntary Employee contributions, including forfeited matching
     contributions, shall be treated as Employer contributions for purposes of
     Code Sections 404 and 415 even if distributed from the Plan.

           (d)  For the purposes of this Section and Section 11.6, "Excess
     Aggregate Contributions" means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess
     of: (1) the aggregate amount of Employer matching contributions made
     pursuant to Section 11.1(a) (to the extent such contributions are taken
     into account pursuant to Section 11.6(a)), and any Qualified Non-Elective
     Contributions or elective deferrals taken into account

                                     -103-
<PAGE>
 
     pursuant to Section 11.6(c) actually made on behalf of the Highly
     Compensated Participant group for such Plan Year, over (2) the maximum
     amount of such contributions permitted under the limitations of Section
     11.6(a).

          (e)  For each Highly Compensated Participant, the amount of Excess
     Aggregate Contributions is equal to the total Employer matching
     contributions made pursuant to Section 11.1(b) (to the extent taken into
     account pursuant to Section 11.6(a)) and any Qualified Non-Elective
     Contributions or elective deferrals taken into account pursuant to Section
     11.6(c) on behalf of the Highly Compensated Participant (determined prior
     to the application of this paragraph) minus the amount determined by
     multiplying the Highly Compensated Participant's actual contribution ratio
     (determined after application of this paragraph) by his "414(s)
     Compensation".  The actual contribution ratio must be rounded to the
     nearest one-hundredth of one percent for Plan Years beginning after
     December 31, 1988.  In no case shall the amount of Excess Aggregate
     Contribution with respect to any Highly Compensated Participant exceed the
     amount of Employer matching contributions made pursuant to Section 11.1(b)
     (to the extent taken into account pursuant to Section 11.6(a)) and any
     Qualified Non-Elective Contributions or elective deferrals taken into
     account pursuant to Section 11.6(c) on behalf of such Highly Compensated
     Participant for such Plan Year.

          (f)  The determination of the amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions
     with respect to any Plan Year shall be made after first determining the
     Excess Contributions, if any, to be treated as voluntary Employee
     contributions due to recharacterization for the plan year of any other
     qualified cash or deferred arrangement (as defined in Code Section 401(k))
     maintained by the Employer that ends with or within the Plan Year.

          (g)  The determination and correction of Excess Aggregate
     Contributions of a Highly Compensated Participant whose actual contribution
     ratio is determined under the family aggregation rules shall be
     accomplished as follows:

               (1)  If the actual contribution ratio for the Highly Compensated
          Participant is determined in accordance with Section 11.6(d)(1)(ii),
          then the actual contribution ratio shall be reduced and the Excess
          Aggregate Contributions for the family unit shall be allocated among
          the Family Members in proportion to the sum of Employer matching
          contributions made pursuant to Section 11.1(b) (to the extent taken
          into account pursuant to Section 11.6(a)) and any Qualified Non-
          Elective Contributions or elective deferrals taken into account
          pursuant to Section 11.6(c) of each Family Member that were combined
          to determine the group actual contribution ratio.

                                     -104-
<PAGE>

               (2)  If the actual contribution ratio for the Highly Compensated
          Participant is determined under Section 11.6(d)(1)(i), then the actual
          contribution ratio shall first be reduced, as required herein, but not
          below the actual contribution ratio of the group of Family Members who
          are not Highly Compensated Participants without regard to family
          aggregation. The Excess Aggregate Contributions resulting from this
          initial reduction shall be allocated among the Highly Compensated
          Participants whose Employer matching contributions made pursuant to
          Section 11.1(b) (to the extent taken into account pursuant to Section
          11.6(a)) and any Qualified 125 Non-Elective Contributions or elective
          deferrals taken into account pursuant to Section 11.6(c) were combined
          to determine the actual contribution ratio. If further reduction is
          still required, then Excess Aggregate Contributions resulting from
          this further reduction shall be determined by taking into account the
          contributions of all Family Members and shall be allocated among them
          in proportion to their respective Employer matching contributions made
          pursuant to Section 11.1(b) (to the extent taken into account pursuant
          to Section 11.6(a)) and any Qualified Non-Elective Contributions or
          elective deferrals taken into account pursuant to Section 11.6(c).

          (h)  Notwithstanding the above, within twelve (12) months after the
     end of the Plan Year, the Employer may make a special Qualified Non-
     Elective Contribution on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants who
     are employed at the end of the Plan Year, but without regard to Hours of
     Service in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in
     Section 11.6. Such contribution shall be allocated to the Participant's
     Qualified Non-Elective Account of each Non-Highly Compensated Participant
     in the same proportion that each Non-Highly Compensated Participant's
     Compensation for the year bears to the total Compensation of all Non-Highly
     Compensated Participants. A separate accounting shall be maintained for the
     purpose of excluding such contributions from the "Actual Deferral
     Percentage" tests pursuant to Section 11.4.

          (i)  For purposes of this Section, "Income" means the income allocable
     to Excess Aggregate Contributions which shall equal the sum of the
     allocable gain for the Plan Year and the allocable gain for the period
     between the end of the Plan Year and the date of distribution ("gap
     period").  The income allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions for the
     Plan Year and the "gap period" is calculated separately and is determined
     by multiplying the income for the Plan Year or the "gap period" by a
     fraction.  The numerator of the fraction is the Excess Aggregate
     Contributions for the Plan Year.  The denominator of the fraction is the
     total Participant's Account and Voluntary Contribution Account attributable
     to Employer matching contributions subject to Section 11.6, voluntary

                                     -105-
<PAGE>
 
     Employee contributions made pursuant to Section 4.8, and any Qualified Non-
     Elective Contributions and elective deferrals taken into account pursuant
     to Section 11.6(c) as of the end of the Plan Year or the "gap period",
     reduced by the gain allocable to such total amount for the Plan Year or the
     "gap period".  In lieu of the "fractional method" described above, a "safe
     harbor method" may be used to calculate the allocable Income for the "gap
     period".  Under such "safe harbor method", allocable Income for the "gap
     period" shall be deemed to equal ten percent (10%) of the Income allocable
     to Excess Aggregate Contributions for the Plan Year of the Participant
     multiplied by the number of calendar months in the "gap period".  For
     purposes of determining the number of calendar months in the "gap period",
     a distribution occurring on or before the fifteenth day of the month shall
     be treated as having been made on the last day of the preceding month and a
     distribution occurring after such fifteenth day shall be treated as having
     been made on the first day of the next subsequent month.  Notwithstanding
     the above, for Plan Years which began in 1987, Income during the "gap
     period" shall not be taken into account.

     11.8  ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP

          (a)  The Administrator, at the election of the Participant, shall
     direct the Trustee to distribute to any Participant in any one Plan Year up
     to the lesser of (1) 100% of his accounts as specified in the Adoption
     Agreement valued as of the last Anniversary Date or other valuation date or
     (2) the amount necessary to satisfy the immediate and heavy financial need
     of the Participant.  Any distribution made pursuant to this Section shall
     be deemed to be made as of the first day of the Plan Year or, if later, the
     valuation date immediately preceding the date of distribution, and the
     account from which the distribution is made shall be reduced accordingly.
     Withdrawal under this Section shall be authorized only if the distribution
     is on account of one of the following or any other items permitted by the
     Internal Revenue Service: (1) Medical expenses described in Code Section
     213(d) incurred by the Participant, his spouse, or any of his dependents
     (as defined in Code Section 152); 127  (2) The purchase (excluding mortgage
     payments) of a principal residence for the Participant; (3) Payment of
     tuition for the next semester or quarter of post-secondary education for
     the Participant, his spouse, children, or dependents; (4) The need to
     prevent the eviction of the Participant from his principal residence or
     foreclosure on the mortgage of the Participant's principal residence; (5)
     any other event which the Commissioner of the IRS has determined to be an
     immediate and heavy financial need; or (6) any other event specified in the
     Adoption Agreement as constituting an immediate and heavy financial need.


                                     -106-
<PAGE>
 
          (b)  No distribution shall be made pursuant to this Section unless the
     Administrator, based upon the Participant's representation and such other
     facts as are known to the Administrator, determines that all of the
     following conditions are satisfied: (1) The distribution is not in excess
     of the amount of the immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant;
     (2) The Participant has obtained all distributions, other than hardship
     distributions, and all nontaxable loans currently available under all plans
     maintained by the Employer; (3) The Plan, and all other plans maintained by
     the Employer, provide that the Participant's elective deferrals and
     voluntary Employee contributions will be suspended for at least twelve (12)
     months after receipt of the hardship distribution; and (4) The Plan, and
     all other plans maintained by the Employer, provide that the Participant
     may not make elective deferrals for the Participant's taxable year
     immediately following the taxable year of the hardship distribution in
     excess of the applicable limit under Code Section 402(g) for such next
     taxable year less the amount of such Participant's elective deferrals for
     the taxable year of the hardship distribution.

          (c)  Notwithstanding the above, distributions from the Participant's
     Elective Account and Qualified Non-Elective Account pursuant to this
     Section shall be limited solely to the Participant's Deferred Compensation
     and any income attributable thereto credited to the Participant's Elective
     Account as of the Plan's valuation date coincident with or first preceding
     December 31, 1988.

          (d)  Any distribution made pursuant to this Section shall be made in a
     manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Section
     6.5, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of
     Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder.

          (e)  No repayment of a distribution made pursuant to this Section
     shall be permitted.


                                     -107-
<PAGE>
 
                            AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE TO
                 THE EMPLOYERS LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF WAUSAU
                      DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN AND TRUST

The Employers Life Insurance Company of Wausau Defined Contribution Plan and
Trust is hereby amended as follows:

1.   Section 1.9 is amended by replacing the first paragraph with the following
paragraphs:

     "Compensation" with respect to any Participant means one of the following
as elected in the Adoption Agreement. However, compensation for any Self-
Employed Individual shall be equal to his Earned Income.

     i.   Information required to be reported under sections 6041, 6051 and 6052
          (Wages, Tips and Other Compensation Box on Form W-2). Compensation is
          defined as wages as defined in section 3401(a) and all other payments
          of compensation to an employee by the employer (in the course of the
          employer's trade or business) for which the employer is required to
          furnish the employee a written statement under sections 6041(d) and
          6051(a)(3) of the Code. Compensation must be determined without regard
          to any rules under section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration
          included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or
          the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor
          in section 3401(a)(2)).

     ii.  Section 3401(a) wages. Compensation is defined as  wages within the
          meaning of section 3401(a) for the purposes of income tax withholding
          at the source but determined without regard to any rules that limit
          the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of
          the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for
          agricultural labor in section 3401(a)(2)).

     iii. 415 safe-harbor compensation. Compensation is defined as wages,
          salaries, and fees for professional services and other amounts
          received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash)
          for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment
          with the employer maintaining the plan to the extent that the amounts
          are includible in gross income (including, but not limited to,
          commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a
          percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips,
          bonuses, fringe benefits and reimbursements or other expense
          allowances under a nonaccountable plan (as described in 1.62-2(c)),
          and excluding the following:

          a.  Employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation which
              are not includible in the employee's gross income for the taxable
              year in
<PAGE>
 
              which contributed, or employer contributions under a simplified
              employee pension plan to the extent such contributions are
              deductible by the employee, or any distributions from a plan of
              deferred compensation;

          b.  Amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock
              option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by the
              employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer
              subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;

          c.  Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of
              stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and

          d.  Other amounts which received special tax benefits, or
              contributions made by the employer (whether or not under a salary
              reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity contract
              described in section 403(b) of the Code (whether or not the
              contributions are actually excludable from the gross income of the
              employee).

    If, in connection with the adoption of this or any other amendment, the
    definition of Compensation has been modified, then, for Plan Years prior to
    the Plan Year which includes the adoption date of such amendment,
    Compensation means compensation determined pursuant to the Plan then in
    effect.

2.  Section 1.14 is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

    "Elective Contribution" means the Employer's contributions to the Plan that
are made pursuant to the Participant's deferral election pursuant to Section
11.2, excluding any such amounts distributed as "excess annual additions"
pursuant to Section 4.4. In addition, if selected in E3 of the Adoption
Agreement, the Employer's matching contribution shall or shall not be considered
an Elective Contribution for purposes of the Plan, as provided in Section
11.1(b). Elective Contributions shall be subject to the requirements of Sections
11.2(b) and 11.2(c) and shall further be required to satisfy the discrimination
requirements of Regulation 1.401(k)-1(b)(3), the provisions of which are
specifically incorporated herein by reference.

3.  Section 1.20 is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

    "Excess Deferred Compensation" means, with respect to any taxable year of a
Participant, the excess of the aggregate amount of such Participant's Deferred
Compensation and the elective deferrals pursuant to Section 11.2(f) actually
made on behalf of such Participant for such taxable year, over the dollar
limitation provided for in Code Section 402(g), which is incorporated herein by
reference. Excess Deferred Compensation shall be treated as an


                                      -2-
<PAGE>
 
"annual addition" pursuant to Section 4.4 when contributed to the Plan unless
distributed to the affected Participant not later than the first April 15th
following the close of the Participant's taxable year.

4.  Section 1.26 is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

5.  Section 1.22 is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

    "414(s) Compensation" with respect to any Employee means his Compensation
as defined in Section 1.9. However, for purposes of this Section, Compensation
shall be Compensation paid and, if selected in the Adoption Agreement, shall
only be recognized as of an Employee's effective date of participation. If, in
connection with the adoption of this or any other amendment, the definition of
"414(s) Compensation" has been modified, then, for Plan Years prior to the Plan
Year which includes the adoption date of such amendment, "414(s) Compensation"
means compensation determined pursuant to the Plan then in effect.

6.  Section 1.27 ("415 Compensation") is amended by the addition of the
following paragraph:

7.  Section 1.23 ("415 Compensation") is amended by the addition of the
following paragraph:

    If, in connection with the adoption of this or any other amendment, the
definition of "415 Compensation" has been modified, then, for Plan Years prior
the Plan Year which includes the adoption date of such amendment, "415
Compensation" means compensation determined pursuant to the Plan then in effect.

8.  Section 4.4(a)(4) and 4.4(a)(4)(i) are amended to read as follows:

    (4)  If there is an excess amount pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(2) or Section
         4.5, the excess will be disposed of in one of the following manners, as
         uniformly determined by the Plan Administrator for all Participants
         similarly situated:

         (i)   Any Deferred Compensation or nondeductible Voluntary Employee
               Contributions, to the extent they would reduce the Excess Amount
               will be distributed to the Participant;

9.  Section 4.4(f)(2) is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

    Compensation means a Participant's Compensation as elected in the Adoption
Agreement. However, regardless of any selection made in the Adoption Agreement,
"415 Compensation" shall exclude compensation which is not currently includible
in the Participant's


                                      -3-
<PAGE>
 
gross income by reason of the application of Code Sections 125, 402(a)(8),
402(h)(1)(B), or 403(b).

     For limitation years beginning after December 31, 1991, for purposes of
applying the limitations of this article, compensation for a limitation year is
the compensation actually paid or made available during such limitation year.

     Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, compensation for a participant in a
defined contribution plan who is permanently and totally disabled (as defined in
section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code) is the compensation such
participant would have received for the limitation year if the participant had
been paid at the rate of compensation paid immediately before becoming
permanently and totally disabled; such imputed compensation for the disabled
participant may be taken into account only if the participant is not a Highly
Compensated Employee and contributions made on behalf of such participant are
nonforfeitable when made.

10.  Section 4.5(a) is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

     (a)  If as a result of the allocation of Forfeitures, a reasonable error in
estimating a Participant's annual Compensation, a reasonable error in
determining the amount of elective deferrals (within the meaning of Code Section
402(g)(3)) that may be made with respect to any Participant under the limits of
Section 4.4, or other facts and circumstances to which Regulation 1.415-6(b)(6)
shall be applicable, the "annual additions" under this Plan would cause the
maximum provided in Section 4.4 to be exceeded, the Administrator shall treat
the excess in accordance with Section 4.4(a)(4).

11.  Sections 6.11(a)(1) and (a)(4) are amended in their entirety to read as
follows:

     (1)  Medical expenses described in Code Section 213(d) incurred by the
Participant, his spouse, or any of his dependents (as defined in Code Section
152) or expenses necessary for these persons to obtain medical care;

     (4)  Payment of tuition and related educational fees for the next 12 months
of post-secondary education for the Participant, his spouse, children, or
dependents;

12.  Section 7.10 is amended by the addition of the following paragraphs:

     (a)  Notwithstanding any provision of the plan to the contrary, with
respect to distributions made after December 31, 1992, a Participant shall be
permitted to elect to have any "eligible rollover distribution" transferred
directly to an "eligible retirement plan" specified by the Participant. The Plan
provisions otherwise applicable to distributions continue to apply to the direct
transfer option. The Participant shall, in the time


                                      -4-
<PAGE>
 
and manner prescribed by the Administrator, specify the amount to be directly
transferred and the "eligible retirement plan" to receive the transfer. Any
portion of a distribution which is not transferred shall be distributed to the
Participant.

         (b)    For purposes of this Section, the term "eligible rollover
distribution" means any distribution other than a distribution of substantially
equal periodic payments over the life or life expectancy of the Participant (or
joint life or joint life expectancies of the Participant and the designated
beneficiary) or a distribution over a period certain of ten years or more.
Amounts required to be distributed under Code Section 401(a)(9) are not eligible
rollover distributions. The direct transfer option described in subsection (a)
applies only to eligible rollover distributions which would otherwise be
includible in gross income if not transferred.

         (c)    For purposes of this Section, the term "eligible retirement
plan" means an individual retirement account as described in Code Section
408(a), an individual retirement annuity as described in Code Section 408(b), an
annuity plan as described in Code Section 403(a), or a defined contribution plan
as described in Code Section 401(a) which is exempt from tax under Code Section
501(a) and which accepts rollover distributions.

         (d)    The election described in subsection (a) also applies to the
surviving spouse after the Participant's death; however, distributions to the
surviving spouse may only be transferred to an individual retirement account or
individual retirement annuity. For purposes of subsection (a), a spouse or
former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations
order as defined in Code Section 414(p) will be treated as the Participant.

13.      Section 11.2(d) is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

         (d)    In any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1986, a
Participant's Deferred Compensation made under this Plan and all other plans,
contracts or arrangements of the Employer maintaining this Plan shall not exceed
the limitation imposed by Code Section 402(g), as in effect for the calendar
year in which such Plan Year began. If such dollar limitation is exceeded solely
from elective deferrals made under this Plan or any other Plan maintained by the
Employer, a Participant will be deemed to have notified the Administrator of
such excess amount which shall be distributed in a manner consistent with
Section 11.2(f). This dollar limitation shall be adjusted annually pursuant to
the method provided in Code Section 415(d) in accordance with Regulations.

14.      Section 11.2(f) is amended by the addition of the following paragraph
after paragraph (f)(3) to read as follows:

         Any distribution under this Section shall be made first from unmatched
Deferred Compensation and, thereafter, simultaneously from Deferred Compensation
which is matched and matching


                                      -5-
<PAGE>
 
contributions which relate to such Deferred Compensation. However, any such
matching contributions which are not Vested shall be forfeited in lieu of being
distributed.

15.      Section 11.2(f) is amended by the addition of the following paragraph
as the second to the last paragraph of such subsection:

         Notwithstanding the above, for any distribution under this Section
which is made after August 15, 1991, such distribution shall not include any
income for the "gap period". Further provided, for any distribution under this
Section which is made after August 15, 1991, the amount of Income may be
computed using a reasonable method that is consistent with Section 4.3(c),
provided such method is used consistently for all Participants and for all such
distributions for the Plan Year.

16.      Section 11.5(c) is amended by the addition of the following paragraph
as the second to the last paragraph of such subsection:

         Notwithstanding the above, for any distribution under this Section
which is made after August 15, 1991, such distribution shall not include any
income for the "gap period". Further provided, for any distribution under this
Section which is made after August 15, 1991, the amount of Income may be
computed using a reasonable method that is consistent with Section 4.3(c),
provided such method is used consistently for all Participants and for all such
distributions for the Plan Year.

17.      Section 11.6(c) is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

         (c)    For purposes of determining the "Actual Contribution Percentage"
and the amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions pursuant to Section 11.7(d),
only Employer matching contributions (excluding matching contributions forfeited
or distributed pursuant to Section 11.2(f), 11.5(a), or 11.7(a)) contributed to
the Plan prior to the end of the succeeding Plan Year shall be considered. In
addition, the Administrator may elect to take into account, with respect to
Employees eligible to have Employer matching contributions made pursuant to
Section 11.1(b) or voluntary Employee contributions made pursuant to Section 4.7
allocated to their accounts, elective deferrals (as defined in Regulation
1.402(g)-1(b)) and qualified non-elective contributions (as defined in Code
Section 401(m)(4)(C)) contributed to any plan maintained by the Employer. Such
elective deferrals and qualified non-elective contributions shall be treated as
Employer matching contributions subject to Regulation 1.401(m)-1(b)(2) which is
incorporated herein by reference. However, for Plan Years beginning after
December 31, 1988, the Plan Year must be the same as the plan year of the plan
to which the elective deferrals and the qualified non-elective contributions are
made.

18.      Section 11.7(i) is amended by the addition of the following paragraph
as the second to the last paragraph of such subsection:


                                      -6-
<PAGE>
 
         Notwithstanding the above, for any distribution under this Section
which is made after August 15, 1991, such distribution shall not include any
Income for the "gap period". Further provided, for any distribution under this
Section which is made after August 15, 1991, the amount of Income may be
computed using a reasonable method that is consistent with Section 4.3(c),
provided such method is used consistently for all Participants and for all such
distributions for the Plan Year.

19.      Sections 11.8(a)(1) and (a)(3) are amended in their entirety to read as
follows:

         (1)    Medical expenses described in Code Section 213(d) incurred by
the Participant, his spouse, or any of his dependents (as defined in Code
Section 152) or expenses necessary for these persons to obtain medical care;

         (3)    Payment of tuition and related educational fees for the next 12
months of post-secondary education for the Participant, his spouse, children, or
dependents; or

20.      Section 11.8(c)(1) is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

         (1)    The distribution is not in excess of the amount of the immediate
and heavy financial need of the Participant. The amount of the immediate and
heavy financial need may include any amounts necessary to pay any federal, state
or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the
distribution.

21.      Article XI is amended by the addition of the following:

         Notwithstanding anything in this Article to the contrary, effective as
of the Plan Year in which this amendment becomes effective, the Actual Deferral
Percentage Test and the Actual Contribution Percentage Test shall be applied
(and adjusted) by applying the Family Member aggregation rules of Code Section
414(q)(6).

22.      Section E1a. of the Adoption Agreement is amended in its entirety to
read as follows:

         Compensation with respect to any Participant means:

         1.     ( )  Wages, Tips and other Compensation (Box 10 on Form W-2).

         2.     ( )  Section 3401(a) wages (wages for withholding purposes).


                                      -7-
<PAGE>
 
         3.     ( )  415 Safe-harbor compensation.

         AND Compensation

         ( )    shall

         ( )    shall not

         exclude (even if includible in gross income) reimbursements or other
         expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash or noncash), moving expenses,
         deferred compensation, and welfare benefits.

23.      Section E3 of the 401(k) Adoption Agreement(s) is amended by the
addition of the following:

         ( )    Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, all
                matching contributions which relate to distributions of Excess
                Deferred Compensation, Excess Contributions and Excess Aggregate
                Contributions shall be Forfeited. (Select this option only if it
                is applicable.)

NOTE: THIS AMENDMENT ONLY NEEDS TO BE EXECUTED BELOW BY THE EMPLOYER IF THE PLAN
IS BEING AMENDED TO UTILIZE THE MODIFICATIONS MADE TO SECTION E1 OR E3 OF THE
ADOPTION AGREEMENT.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer hereby causes this amendment to be
executed on this _____ day of ____________________, 19___.



EMPLOYER:                              PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER:



- --------------------------------       -----------------------------------
       (enter name)                               (enter name)


By:                                    By:
   -----------------------------          --------------------------------


                                      -8-
<PAGE>
 
                         NOTICE TO INTERESTED PARTIES

         I.     GENERAL INFORMATION

         Notice to Employees or Participants. Your Employer has amended your
retirement plan effective as of ___________________.

Name of Plan: 
              --------------------------------------------------
Plan Number: 
             -----
Opinion Letter Number: 
                       -----------
Name and address of Employer:
                              ----------------------------------
 
                              ----------------------------------

                              ----------------------------------

Employer Identification Number: 
                                --------------
Name and Address of Plan Administrator:
                                        ----------------------------------

                                        ----------------------------------

                                        ----------------------------------

( )      No other Employers have adopted the provisions of the Plan.
( )      The following are other Employers who have adopted the
         provisions of the Plan:







         The Employer does not intend to submit this Plan to the Internal
Revenue Service for an advance determination as to whether the Plan qualifies
under Section 401 and 403(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, with respect
to its amendment.

A determination letter for the Plan ____________ (has/has not) previously been
issued.

         All Employees will be eligible to participate when age and service
requirements, if applicable, are satisfied except for the following (select all
that apply):

         ( )    Employees who are paid on a salary only basis.
<PAGE>
 
         ( )    Employees who derive their total compensation in the form of
                commissions or sales incentives.

         ( )    Employees who are paid on an hourly only basis.

         ( )    Employees whose employment is governed by a collective
                bargaining agreement under which retirement benefits were the
                subject of good faith bargaining.

         ( )    Highly Compensated Employees.

         ( )    Non-resident aliens who have no earned income from sources
                within the United States.

         ( )    Other: 
                       ------------------------------------------------

                       ------------------------------------------------

         II.    RIGHTS OF INTERESTED PARTIES

         You have the right to submit to the Key District Director, at the
address below, either individually or jointly with other interested parties,
your comments as to whether this plan meets the qualification requirements of
the Internal Revenue Code. You may instead, individually or jointly with other
interested parties, request the Department of Labor to submit, on your behalf,
comments to the Key District Director regarding qualification of the plan. If
the Department declines to comment on all or some of the matters you raise, you
may, individually, or jointly if your request was made to the Department
jointly, submit your comments on these matters directly to the Key District
Director.

         III.   REQUESTS FOR COMMENTS BY THE DEPARTMENT OF LABOR

         The Department of Labor may not comment on behalf of interested parties
unless requested to do so by the lesser of 10 employees or 10 percent of the
employees who qualify as interested parties. The number of persons needed for
the Department to comment with respect to this plan is _____. If you request the
Department to comment, your comment must be in writing and must specify the
matters upon which comments are requested, and must also include:

                (a)    the name, address and I.D. Number of the applicant;

                (b)    the opinion letter number;

                (c)    the name of the plan, the plan identification number, and
                       the name and address of the plan administrator; and

                (d)    the number of persons needed for the Department to
                       comment.
<PAGE>
 
         A request to the Department to comment should be addressed as follows:

                Deputy Assistant Secretary
                Pension and Welfare Benefits Administration
                U.S. Department of Labor
                200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
                Washington, D.C.  20210
                ATTN: 3001 Comment Request

         IV.    COMMENTS TO THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE

         Comments submitted by you to the Key District Director must be in
writing and received by him by ____________________ (the 75th day after the plan
or amendment is adopted). However, if there are matters that you request the
Department of Labor to comment upon your behalf, and the Department declines,
you may submit comments on these matters to the Key District Director to be
received by him within 15 days from the time the Department notifies you that it
will not comment on a particular matter, or by ____________________ (the 75th
day after the plan or amendment is adopted), whichever is later, but in no event
later than ____________________ (the 90th day after the plan or amendment is
adopted). A request to the Department of Labor to comment on your behalf must be
received by ____________________ (the 45th day after the plan or amendment is
adopted) if you wish to preserve your right to comment on a matter upon which
the Department declines to comment, or by ____________________ (the 55th day
after the plan or amendment is adopted) if you wish to waive that right.

         V.     ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

         Detailed instructions regarding the requirements for notification of
interested parties may be found in Sections 16, 17, and 18 of Revenue Procedure
92-6. Additional information concerning this amendment (including where
applicable, a description of the circumstances which may result in ineligibility
or loss of benefits; a description of the source of financing of the plan; and
copies of Section 16 of Revenue Procedure 92-6) is available at the company's
principal and/or local office during the hours of 10:00 a.m to 3:00 p.m. for
inspection and copying. (There is a nominal charge for copying and/or mailing.)

Key District Having Jurisdiction Over Plan:

         ( )    Internal Revenue Service
                EP/EO Division
                P.O. Box 941
                Atlanta, GA  30370
<PAGE>
 
         ( )    Internal Revenue Service
                EP/EO Division
                P.O. Box 17288
                Room 713
                Baltimore, Md  21203

         ( )    Internal Revenue Service
                EP/EO Division
                P.O. Box 1680
                Brooklyn, NY  11202
                
         ( )    Internal Revenue Service
                EP/EO Division
                P.O. Box 3159
                Cincinnati, OH  45201
                
                
         ( )    Internal Revenue Service
                EP/EO Division
                230 S. Dearborn Street
                Chicago, IL 60604
                
         ( )    Internal Revenue Service
                EP/EO Division
                1100 Commerce Street
                Dallas, TX  75242
                
         ( )    Internal Revenue Service
                EP Application Receiving
                P.O. Box 2350
                Los Angeles, CA 90053-0536
<PAGE>
 
                      CERTIFICATE OF CORPORATE RESOLUTION

         The undersigned Secretary of ______________________________________
(the Corporation) hereby certifies that the following resolutions were duly
adopted by the board of directors of the Corporation on ____________________,
and that such resolutions have not been modified or rescinded as of the date
hereof:

         RESOLVED, that the amendment to the __________________________________
(Name of Plan) is hereby approved and adopted.

         The undersigned further certifies that attached hereto as Exhibit A is
a true copy of the amendment approved and adopted in the foregoing resolution.


                                       ---------------------------------
                                                   Secretary


                                       Date:
                                            ----------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                        SUMMARY OF MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS

Your Employer has amended your retirement plan. This is a summary of the
modifications that were made. It should be read in conjunction with the Summary
Plan Description that has already been distributed to you.

The definition of Compensation has been modified as selected below. However,
except as provided below, any exclusions from Compensation that are set forth in
the Summary Plan Description will still apply.

         ( )  Your total wages for the applicable period that are
         subject to withholding taxes.

         ( )  Your total wages for the applicable period that are
         subject to federal income tax.

         In addition, Compensation

              ( ) will
              
              ( ) will not

         exclude expense allowances, fringe benefits, moving expenses, deferred
         compensation, and welfare benefits.

The hardship provisions of the plan have been modified as follows:

         ( )  N/A plan does not permit hardship distributions.
              
         ( )  The amount of a hardship distribution may include the amount of
              any applicable taxes and penalties which may apply because of the
              distribution.
              
              In addition, the events which may qualify for a hardship include
              the payment of tuition and related education fees for the next 12
              months of post-secondary education for you, your spouse, your
              children, or any of your dependents and payments for medical
              expenses (or to obtain medical care) for you or your dependents.
<PAGE>
 
                                  AMENDMENT TO
                   EMPLOYERS LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF WAUSAU
                       DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN AND TRUST


1.  Section 1.9 is amended by the addition of the following:

     In addition to other applicable limitations set forth in the plan, and
notwithstanding any other provision of the plan to the contrary, for plan years
beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the annual compensation of each employee
taken into account under the plan shall not exceed the OBRA '93 annual
compensation limit. The OBRA '93 annual compensation limit is $150,000, as
adjusted by the Commissioner for increases in the cost of living in accordance
with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code. The cost-of-living
adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to any period, not exceeding 12
months, over which compensation is determined (determination period) beginning
in such calendar year. If a determination period consists of fewer than 12
months, the OBRA '93 annual compensation limit will be multiplied by a fraction,
the numerator of which is the number of months in the determination period, and
the denominator of which is 12.

     For plan years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, any reference in this
plan to the limitation under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code shall mean the OBRA
'93 annual compensation limit set forth in this provision.

     If compensation for any prior determination period is taken into account in
determining an employee's benefits accruing in the current plan year, the
compensation for that prior determination period is subject to the OBRA '93
annual compensation limit in effect for that prior determination period. For
this purpose, for determination periods beginning before the first day of the
plan year beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the OBRA '93 annual
compensation limit is $150,000.

2. Section 6.13 is amended by the addition of the following:

     If a distribution is one to which Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the
Internal Revenue Code do not apply, such distribution may commence less than 30
days after the notice required under Section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Income Tax
Regulations is given, provided that:

     (1)  the plan administrator clearly informs the participant that the
participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the
notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and,
if applicable, a particular distribution option), and
<PAGE>
 
     (2)  the participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a
distribution.


3.  Section 7.10 is amended by the addition of the following:

     (a)  Notwithstanding any provision of the plan to the contrary, with
respect to distributions made after December 31, 1992, a Participant shall be
permitted to elect to have any "eligible rollover distribution" transferred
directly to an "eligible retirement plan" specified by the Participant. The Plan
provisions otherwise applicable to distributions continue to apply to the direct
transfer option. The Participant shall, in the time and manner prescribed by the
Administrator, specify the amount to be directly transferred and the "eligible
retirement plan" to receive the transfer. Any portion of a distribution which is
not transferred shall be distributed to the Participant.

     (b)  For purposes of this Section, the term "eligible rollover
distribution" means any distribution other than a distribution of substantially
equal periodic payments over the life or life expectancy of the Participant (or
joint life or joint life expectancies of the Participant and the designated
beneficiary) or a distribution over a period certain of ten years or more.
Amounts required to be distributed under Code Section 401(a)(9) are not eligible
rollover distributions. The direct transfer option described in subsection (a)
applies only to eligible rollover distributions which would otherwise be
includible in gross income if not transferred.

     (c)  For purposes of this Section, the term "eligible retirement plan"
means an individual retirement account as described in Code Section 408(a), an
individual retirement annuity as described in Code Section 408(b), an annuity
plan as described in Code Section 403(a), or a defined contribution plan as
described in Code Section 401(a) which is exempt from tax under Code Section
501(a) and which accepts rollover distributions.

     (d)  The election described in subsection (a) also applies to the surviving
spouse after the Participant's death; however, distributions to the surviving
spouse may only be transferred to an individual retirement account or individual
retirement annuity. For purposes of subsection (a), a spouse or former spouse
who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order as defined
in Code Section 414(p) will be treated as the Participant.
<PAGE>
 
                          NOTICE TO INTERESTED PARTIES

     I.   GENERAL INFORMATION

     Notice to Employees or Participants. Your Employer has amended your
retirement plan effective as of                    .
                                -------------------

Name of Plan: 
              ----------------------------------------------------------
Plan Number: 
             -------
Opinion Letter Number: 
                       -----------
Name and address of Employer:
                              ----------------------------------

                              ----------------------------------

                              ----------------------------------

Employer Identification Number: 
                                --------------

Name and Address of Plan Administrator:

                              ----------------------------------
                              
                              ----------------------------------
                              
                              ----------------------------------

( )  No other Employers have adopted the provisions of the Plan.
( )  The following are other Employers who have adopted the provisions 
     of the Plan:












     The Employer does not intend to submit this Plan to the Internal Revenue
Service for an advance determination as to whether the Plan qualifies under
Section 401 and 403(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, with respect to its
amendment.

A determination letter for the Plan ____________ (has/has not) previously been
issued.
<PAGE>
 
     All Employees will be eligible to participate when age and service
requirements, if applicable, are satisfied except for the following (select all
that apply):

         ( )  Employees who are paid on a salary only basis.

         ( )  Employees who derive their total compensation in the form of 
              commissions or sales incentives.

         ( )  Employees who are paid on an hourly only basis.

         ( )  Employees whose employment is governed by a collective bargaining 
              agreement under which retirement benefits were the subject of 
              good faith bargaining.

         ( )  Highly Compensated Employees.

         ( )  Non-resident aliens who have no earned income from sources within
              the United States.

         ( )  Other: 
                     ----------------------------------------------------------

                     ----------------------------------------------------------

         II.   RIGHTS OF INTERESTED PARTIES

         You have the right to submit to the Key District Director, at the
address below, either individually or jointly with other interested parties,
your comments as to whether this plan meets the qualification requirements of
the Internal Revenue Code. You may instead, individually or jointly with other
interested parties, request the Department of Labor to submit, on your behalf,
comments to the Key District Director regarding qualification of the plan. If
the Department declines to comment on all or some of the matters you raise, you
may, individually, or jointly if your request was made to the Department
jointly, submit your comments on these matters directly to the Key District
Director.

         III.  REQUESTS FOR COMMENTS BY THE DEPARTMENT OF LABOR

         The Department of Labor may not comment on behalf of interested parties
unless requested to do so by the lesser of 10 employees or 10 percent of the
employees who qualify as interested parties. The number of persons needed for
the Department to comment with respect to this plan is _____. If you request the
Department to comment, your comment must be in writing and must specify the
matters upon which comments are requested, and must also include:

               (a)  the name, address and I.D. Number of the applicant;

               (b)  the opinion letter number;
<PAGE>
 
               (c)  the name of the plan, the plan identification number, and
                    the name and address of the plan administrator; and

               (d)  the number of persons needed for the Department to comment.

         A request to the Department to comment should be addressed as follows:

                    Deputy Assistant Secretary
                    Pension and Welfare Benefits Administration
                    U.S. Department of Labor
                    200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
                    Washington, D.C.  20210
                    ATTN: 3001 Comment Request

         IV.   COMMENTS TO THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE

         Comments submitted by you to the Key District Director must be in
writing and received by him by ____________________ (the 75th day after the plan
or amendment is adopted). However, if there are matters that you request the
Department of Labor to comment upon your behalf, and the Department declines,
you may submit comments on these matters to the Key District Director to be
received by him within 15 days from the time the Department notifies you that it
will not comment on a particular matter, or by ____________________ (the 75th
day after the plan or amendment is adopted), whichever is later, but in no event
later than ____________________ (the 90th day after the plan or amendment is
adopted). A request to the Department of Labor to comment on your behalf must be
received by ____________________ (the 45th day after the plan or amendment is
adopted) if you wish to preserve your right to comment on a matter upon which
the Department declines to comment, or by ____________________ (the 55th day
after the plan or amendment is adopted) if you wish to waive that right.

         V.       ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

         Detailed instructions regarding the requirements for notification of
interested parties may be found in Sections 16, 17, and 18 of Revenue Procedure
94-6. Additional information concerning this amendment (including where
applicable, a description of the circumstances which may result in ineligibility
or loss of benefits; a description of the source of financing of the plan; and
copies of Section 16 of Revenue Procedure 94-6) is available at the company's
principal and/or local office during the hours of 10:00 a.m to 3:00 p.m. for
inspection and copying. (There is a nominal charge for copying and/or mailing.)

Key District Having Jurisdiction Over Plan:
<PAGE>
 
         ( )  Internal Revenue Service
              EP/EO Division
              P.O. Box 941
              Atlanta, GA  30370
              
         ( )  Internal Revenue Service
              EP/EO Division
              P.O. Box 17010
              Room 713
              Baltimore, Md  21203
              
         ( )  Internal Revenue Service
              EP/EO Division
              P.O. Box 1680, GPO
              Brooklyn, NY  11202
              
         ( )  Internal Revenue Service
              EP/EO Division
              P.O. Box 3159
              Cincinnati, OH  45201
              
         ( )  Internal Revenue Service
              EP/EO Division
              230 S. Dearborn Street
              Chicago, IL  60604
              
         ( )  Internal Revenue Service
              EP/EO Division
              1100 Commerce Street
              Dallas, TX  75242
              
         ( )  Internal Revenue Service
              EP Application Receiving
              2 Cupania Circle
              Monterey Park, CA  91754
<PAGE>
 
                        SUMMARY OF MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS


Your Employer has amended your retirement plan. This is a summary of the
modifications that were made. It should be read in conjunction with the Summary
Plan Description that has already been distributed to you.

1.   Compensation

     Effective as of the first day of the 1994 Plan Year, the definition of
     Compensation has been modified to exclude compensation in excess of
     $150,000.

2.   Treatment of Distributions from Your Plan

     Whenever you receive a distribution from your Plan, it will normally be
     subject to income taxes. You may, however, reduce, or defer entirely, the
     tax due on your distribution through use of one of the following methods:

     (a)  The rollover of all or a portion of the distribution to an Individual
          Retirement Account (IRA) or another qualified employer plan. This will
          result in no tax being due until you begin withdrawing funds from the
          IRA or other qualified employer plan. The rollover of the
          distribution, however, MUST be made within strict time frames
          (normally, within 60 days after you receive your distribution). Under
          certain circumstances all or a portion of a distribution may not
          qualify for this rollover treatment. In addition, most distributions
          made after December 31, 1992 will be subject to mandatory federal
          income tax withholding at a rate of 20%. This will reduce the amount
          you actually receive. For this reason, if you wish to rollover all or
          a portion of your distribution amount, the direct transfer option
          described in paragraph (b) below would be the better choice.

     (b)  You may request for most distributions made after December 31, 1992,
          that a direct transfer of all or a portion of your distribution amount
          be made to either an Individual Retirement Account (IRA) or another
          qualified employer plan willing to accept the transfer. A direct
          transfer will result in no tax being due until you withdraw funds from
          the IRA or other qualified employer plan. Like the rollover, under
          certain circumstances all or a portion of the amount to be distributed
          may not qualify for this direct transfer. If you elect to actually
          receive the distribution rather than request a direct transfer, then
          in most cases 20% of the distribution amount will be withheld for
          federal income tax purposes.
<PAGE>
 
     (c)  The election of favorable income tax treatment under "10-year forward
          averaging", "5-year forward averaging" or, if you qualify, "capital
          gains" method of taxation.

     WHENEVER YOU RECEIVE A DISTRIBUTION, THE ADMINISTRATOR WILL DELIVER TO YOU
     A MORE DETAILED EXPLANATION OF THESE OPTIONS. HOWEVER, THE RULES WHICH
     DETERMINE WHETHER YOU QUALIFY FOR FAVORABLE TAX TREATMENT ARE VERY COMPLEX.
     YOU SHOULD CONSULT WITH QUALIFIED TAX COUNSEL BEFORE MAKING A CHOICE.
<PAGE>
 
                            ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR
 
                  EMPLOYERS LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF WAUSAU
                    NON-STANDARDIZED 401(K) PROFIT SHARING
                                PLAN AND TRUST
 
        The undersigned Employer adopts the Employers Life Insurance Company of
Wausau Non-Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan for those Employees who shall
qualify as Participants hereunder, to be known as the
 
    A1      Valley Group Employees' 401(K) Savings Plan
       -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               (Enter Plan Name)
 
It shall be effective as of the date specified below. The Employer hereby
selects the following Plan specifications:
 
EMPLOYER INFORMATION
 
B1  Name of Employer       Valley Pacific, Inc.
                     ----------------------------------------------------------

                     ----------------------------------------------------------
  
B2  Address     2450 14th Avenue SE, Post Office Box 1119
             ------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                      Albany       ,     OR        97321-0421
             ----------------------    --------  -------------
                      City              State         Zip
 
    Telephone  (503) 928-2344
             ------------------
 
B3  Employer Identification Number    93-0890992
                                   --------------------
 
B4  Date Business Commenced     06/30/85
                            ------------------
 

CAUTION: The failure to properly fill out this Adoption Agreement may result in
         disqualification of the Plan.

 
Copyright 1990-N Employers Life Insurance Company of Wausau

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
B5  TYPE OF ENTITY
 
    a. ( ) S Corporation
    b. ( ) Professional Service Corporation
    c. (X) Corporation
    d. ( ) Sole Proprietorship
    f. ( ) Other 
                 ----------------------------------------

    AND, is the Employer a member of...
 
       g. a controlled group?  (X)Yes  ( )No
       h. an affiliated service group?  ( )Yes  (X)No
 
B6  NAME(S) OF TRUSTEE(S) a.    Stuart E. Olson
                             ---------------------------
 
                          b.    Kenneth R. Hisel
                             ---------------------------
 
                          c.    Carey D. Benson
                             ---------------------------
 
B7  TRUSTEES' ADDRESS     a. (X) Use Employer Address
 
    b. ( )
          -----------------------------------------------
                           Street
 
          --------------------,  --------------   -------
                 City                 State         Zip
 
B8  LOCATION OF EMPLOYER'S PRINCIPAL OFFICE:
 
    a. (X) state of  b. ( ) commonwealth of  c.   Oregon
                                                -----------
       and this Plan and Trust shall be governed under the
       same.
 
B9  EMPLOYER FISCAL YEAR means the 12 consecutive month period:
 
    Commencing on a.     January 1       (e.g., January 1st) and
                    --------------------
                     month        day
    ending on b.     December 31       .
                -----------------------
                 month        day

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
PLAN INFORMATION

C1  EFFECTIVE DATE
 
    This Adoption Agreement of the Employers Life Insurance Company of Wausau
Non-Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and Trust shall:
 
    a. ( ) establish a new Plan and Trust effective as of ______________________
           (hereinafter called the "Effective Date").
 
    b. (X) constitute an amendment and restatement in its entirety of a
           previously established qualified Plan and Trust of the Employer which
           was effective January 1, 1988 (hereinafter called the" Effective
                         Date"). Except
                                        ---------------
           as specifically provided in the Plan, the effective date of this
           amendment and restatement is December 1, 1995 (For TRA '86
                                        ----------------
           amendments, enter the first day of the first Plan Year beginning in
           1989).

C2  PLAN YEAR means the 12 consecutive month period:
 
    Commencing on a.   January 1     (e.g., January 1st)
                    ----------------
 
    and ending on b.  December 31   .
                    ----------------

    IS THERE A SHORT PLAN YEAR?
 
                c. (X) No
                d. ( ) Yes, beginning 
                                      -----------------------
                       and ending                            .
                                  ---------------------------

C3  ANNIVERSARY DATE of Plan (Annual Valuation Date)
 
    a.  December 31
       --------------
        month   day

C4  VALUATION DATES (in addition to the Anniversary Date)
 
    ( ) none
    ( ) semi-annual dates
    (X) quarterly dates
    ( ) other: 
               ---------------

C5  PLAN NUMBER assigned by the Employer (select one)
 
    a.(X) 001  b.( ) 002  c.( ) 003  d.( ) Other      .
                                                 -----

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
C6  NAME OF PLAN ADMINISTRATOR (Document provides for the Employer to appoint an
    Administrator. If none is named, the Employer will become the
    Administrator.)
 
    a. (X) Employer (Use Employer Address)
    
    b. ( ) Name 
                ------------------------------------------------

           Address 
                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   ,  
           ------------------------   ----------------  --------
                    City                   State           Zip
    
           Telephone 
                     ------------------------------

           Administrator's I.D. Number         -                 
                                       -------- ----------------

C7  PLAN'S AGENT FOR SERVICE OF LEGAL PROCESS
 
    a. (X) Employer (Use Employer Address)
 
    b. ( ) Name 
                ------------------------------------------------

           Address 
                   ---------------------------------------------

                                   ,  
           ------------------------   ----------------  --------
                   City                    State           Zip

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
ELIGIBILITY, VESTING AND RETIREMENT AGE

D1  ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES (Plan Section 1.17) shall mean:
 
    a. (X) all Employees who have satisfied the eligibility requirements.
    b. ( ) all Employees who have satisfied the eligibility requirements except 
           those checked below:
 
           1. ( ) Employees paid by commissions only.
           2. ( ) Employees hourly paid.
           3. ( ) Employees paid by salary.
           4. ( ) Employees whose employment is governed by a collective
                  bargaining agreement between the Employer and "employee
                  representatives" under which retirement benefits were the
                  subject of good faith bargaining unless such agreement
                  provides for participation in this Plan. For this purpose, the
                  term "employee representatives" does not include any
                  organization more than half of whose members are employees who
                  are owners, officers, or executives of the Employer.
           5. ( ) Highly Compensated Employees.
           6. ( ) Employees who are non-resident aliens who received no earned
                  income (within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2)) from the
                  Employer which constitutes income from sources within the
                  United States (within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3)).
           7. ( ) Other 
                        ---------------------------------------

    NOTE:  For purposes of this section, the term Employee shall include all
           Employees of this Employer and any leased employees deemed to be
           Employees under Code Section 414(n) or 414(o).

D2  EMPLOYEES OF AFFILIATED EMPLOYERS (Plan Section 1.18)
 
    Employees of Affiliated Employers:
 
        a. ( ) will not or N/A
        b. (X) will
 
    be treated as Employees of the Employer adopting the Plan.
 
    NOTE:  If D2b is elected each Affiliated Employer should execute this
           Adoption Agreement as a Participating Employer.

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
     D3  HOURS OF SERVICE (Plan Section 1.33) will be determined on
         the basis of the method selected below. Only one method may
         be selected. The method selected will be applied to all
         Employees covered under the Plan.
 
         a. (X) On the basis of actual hours for which an Employee
                is paid or entitled to payment.
         b. ( ) On the basis of days worked. An Employee will be
                credited with ten (10) Hours of Service if under the
                Plan such Employee would be credited with at least
                one (1) Hour of Service during the day.
         c. ( ) On the basis of weeks worked. An Employee will be
                credited forty-five (45) Hours of Service if under
                the Plan such Employee would be credited with at
                least one (1) Hour of Service during the week.
         d. ( ) On the basis of semi-monthly payroll periods. An
                Employee will be credited with ninety-five (95) Hours
                of Service if under the Plan such Employee would be
                credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service during
                the semi-monthly payroll period.
         e. ( ) On the basis of months worked. An Employee will be
                credited with one hundred ninety (190) Hours of
                Service if under the Plan such Employee would be
                credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service during
                the month.

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
     D4  CONDITIONS OF ELIGIBILITY (Plan Section 3.1)
 
         Any Eligible Employee will be eligible to participate in
         the Plan if such Eligible Employee has satisfied the
         service and age requirements, if any, specified below:
 
         a. AGE REQUIREMENT (may not exceed 21)
 
            1. ( ) N/A - No Age Requirement.
            2. ( ) 20 1/2
            3. (X) 21
            4. ( ) Other 
                         -------------------
 
         b. SERVICE REQUIREMENT. (may not exceed 1 year.)
 
            1. ( ) None
            2. ( ) 1/2 Year of Service
            3. ( ) 1 Year of Service
            4. (X) Other    90 days
                         -------------
 
         NOTE:  If the Year(s) of Service selected is or
                includes a fractional year, an Employee will not be
                required to complete any specified number of Hours of
                Service to receive credit for such fractional year.
 
         c. ( ) FOR NEW PLANS ONLY - Regardless of any of the above
                age or service requirements, any Eligible Employee
                who was employed on 
                                    --------------------------
                                          month     day      year
                shall be required to meet the following age and
                service requirements:
                ( ) age       (not to exceed 21)
                        -----
                ( )       Year(s) of Service (not to exceed 1)
                    -----

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
     D5  EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION (Plan Section 3.2)
         An Eligible Employee shall become a Participant as of:
 
         a. ( ) the first day of the Plan Year in which he met the
                requirements.
         b. ( ) the first day of the Plan Year in which he met the
                requirements, if he met the requirements in the
                first 6 months of the Plan Year, or as of the first
                day of the next succeeding Plan Year if he met the
                requirements in the last 6 months of the Plan Year.
         c. ( ) the earlier of the first day of the seventh month or
                the first day of the Plan Year coinciding with or
                next following the date on which he met the
                requirements.
         d. ( ) the first day of the Plan Year next following the
                date on which he met the requirements. (Eligibility
                must be 1/2 Year of Service or less or 1 1/2 Years
                of Service or less if 100% immediate vesting is
                selected and age 20 1/2 or less.)
         e. ( ) the first day of the month coinciding with or next
                following the date on which he met the requirements.
         f. (X) Other: The first day of the quarter coinciding with
                       ---------------------------------------------
                or next following the date on which he met the
                ----------------------------------------------
                requirements, however those employees employed by the
                -----------------------------------------------------
                Charter Group will be able to continue their participation
                ----------------------------------------------------------
                upon the 12/1/95 amendment date, provided that an Employee
                --------------------------------                          
                who has satisfied the maximum age and service requirements
                that are permissible in Section D4 above and who is
                otherwise entitled to participate, shall commence
                participation no later than the earlier of (a) 6 months
                after such requirements are satisfied, or (b) the first day
                of the first Plan Year after such requirements are
                satisfied, unless the Employee separates from service
                before such participation date.

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
     D6  VESTING OF PARTICIPANT'S INTEREST OTHER THAN MATCHING
            CONTRIBUTIONS (Plan Section 6.4(b))
 
         The vesting schedule, based on number of Years of Service,
         shall be as follows:
 
        *a. (X) 100% upon entering Plan. (Required if eligibility
                requirement is greater than one (1) Year of Service.)
 
         b. ( ) 0-2 years       0%    c. ( ) 0-4 years      0%
                  3 years     100%             5 years    100%
 
         d. ( ) 0-1 year        0%    e. ( )  1 year       25%
                  2 years      20%            2 years      50%
                  3 years      40%            3 years      75%
                  4 years      60%            4 years     100%
                  5 years      80%
                  6 years     100%
 
       **f. (X)   1 year       20%    g. ( ) 0-2 years      0%
                  2 years      40%             3 years     20%
                  3 years      60%             4 years     40%
                  4 years      80%             5 years     60%
                  5 years     100%             6 years     80%
                                               7 years    100%

         h. ( ) Other - Must be at least as liberal as either c or g
                above.
 
                Years of Service  Percentage
                 _____1_________    ________
                 _____2_________    ________
                 _____3_________    ________
                 _____4_________    ________
                 _____5_________    ________
                 _____6_________    ________
                 _____7_________      100 %


        D6.1 VESTING OF MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

             a. ( ) 100% vested at all times
             b. (X) in accordance with above schedule
             c. ( ) N/A


      * For those employees employed prior to December 1, 1995.

     ** For those employees employed after December 1, 1995.

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
     D7  FOR AMENDED PLANS (Plan Section 6.4(f)) If the vesting
         schedule has been amended to a less favorable schedule,
         enter the pre-amended schedule below:
 
         a. (X) Vesting schedule has not been amended or amended
                schedule is more favorable in all years.
 
         b. ( ) Years of Service   Percentage
                 ______________      ________ 
                 ______________      ________ 
                 ______________      ________ 
                 ______________      ________ 
                 ______________      ________ 
                 ______________      ________ 
                 ______________      ________

     D8  TOP HEAVY VESTING (Plan Section 6.4(c)) If this Plan
         becomes a Top Heavy Plan, the following vesting schedule,
         based on number of Years of Service, for such Plan Year
         and each succeeding Plan Year, whether or not the Plan is a
         Top Heavy Plan, shall apply and shall be treated as a Plan
         amendment pursuant to this Plan. Once effective, this
         schedule shall also apply to any contributions made prior
         to the effective date of Code Section 416 and/or before the
         Plan became a Top Heavy Plan.
 
         a. (X) N/A (D6a, b, d, e or f was selected)
 
         b. ( ) 0-1 year      0%          c. ( ) 0-2 years     0%
                  2 years    20%                   3 years   100%
                  3 years    40%
                  4 years    60%
                  5 years    80%
                  6 years   100%
 
         NOTE:  This section does not apply to the Account
                balances of any Participant who does not have an
                Hour of Service after the Plan has initially become
                top heavy. Such Participant's Account balance
                attributable to Employer contributions and
                Forfeitures will be determined without regard to
                this section.

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
     D9  VESTING (Plan Section 6.4(h)) In determining Years of Service
         for vesting purposes, the following Hours of Service
         shall be EXCLUDED:
 
         a. ( ) Hours of Service prior to the Effective Date of the
                Plan or a predecessor plan.     b. (X) N/A
         c. ( ) Hours of Service prior to the time an Employee
                attained age 18.                d. (X) N/A

     D10 PLAN SHALL RECOGNIZE SERVICE WITH ANOTHER EMPLOYER
 
         a. ( ) No.
         b. (X) Yes: Hours of Service with any company within the
                                           ----------------------
                Controlled Group shall be recognized for the purpose
                ----------------                                    
                of this Plan.
 
         NOTE:  If the other Employer maintained this
                qualified Plan, then Years of Service with such
                predecessor Employer shall be recognized pursuant
                to Section 1.78 and b. must be marked.

     D11 NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE ("NRA") (Plan Section 1.45) means:
 
         a. (X) the date a Participant attains his   65th   birthday.
                                                   --------          
                (not to exceed 65th)
         b. ( ) the later of the date a Participant attains his _____
                birthday (not to exceed 65th) or the c.______ (not to
                exceed 5th) anniversary of the first day of the Plan
                Year in which participation in the Plan commenced.
         c. ( ) the later of age _____ (not to exceed 65) or the
                completion of _____ Years of ( ) Service, ( ) Vesting
                Service.

     D12 NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE (Plan Section 1.46) shall commence:
 
         a. (X) as of the Participant's "NRA".
             OR (must select b. or c. AND 1. or 2.)
         b. ( ) as of the first day of the month...
         c. ( ) as of the Anniversary Date...
 
                1. ( ) coinciding with or next following the
                       Participant's "NRA".
                2. ( ) nearest the Participant's "NRA".

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
     D13 EARLY RETIREMENT DATE (Plan Section 1.14) means the:
 
         a. ( ) No Early Retirement provision provided.
         b. (X) date on which a Participant...
         c. ( ) first day of the month coinciding with or next
                following the date on which a Participant...
         d. ( ) Anniversary Date coinciding with or next following
                the date on which a Participant...
 
         AND, if b, c or d was selected...
                1. (X) attains his   55th   birthday and has
                                   --------                 
                2. ( ) completed at least        Years of ( ) Service,
                                          ------
                       ( ) Vesting Service

     D14 YEAR OF SERVICE means, for purposes of eligibility and
         vesting, the applicable computation period during which an
         Employee has completed at least   one   (maximum of 1,000)
                                         -------                   
         Hours of Service.

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
     CONTRIBUTIONS, ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

     E1  a. COMPENSATION with respect to any Participant means:
 
            1. (X) Wages, Tips and other Compensation (Box 10 on Form W-2).
            2. ( ) Section 3401(a) wages (wages for withholding purposes).
            3. ( ) 415 Safe-harbor Compensation
 
         AND Compensation

               (X) shall
               ( ) shall not

          exclude (even if includible in gross income) reimbursements or other
          expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash or noncash), moving
          expenses, deferred compensation, and welfare benefits.

         b. HOWEVER, for non-integrated plans, Compensation
            shall exclude (select all that apply):
 
                   1. ( ) N/A. No exclusions
                   2. ( ) overtime
                   3. (X) bonuses
                   4. ( ) commissions
                   5. ( ) other 
                                --------------  

         c. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SECTION E1, Compensation shall be
            based on:
 
                   1. (X) the Plan Year.
                   2. ( ) the Fiscal Year coinciding with or ending
                          within the Plan Year.
                   3. ( ) the Calendar Year coinciding with or ending
                          within the Plan Year.
 
         NOTE:  The Limitation Year shall be the Plan Year.
 
         d. HOWEVER, for an Employee's first year of participation,
            Compensation shall be recognized as of:
 
                   1. ( ) the first day of the Plan Year.
                   2. (X) the date the Participant entered the Plan.
 
         e. IN ADDITION, COMPENSATION and "414(s) Compensation"
            1. (X) shall  2. ( ) shall not include compensation
            which is not currently includible in the Participant's
            gross income by reason of the application of Code
            Sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h)(1)(B), or 403(b).

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
     E2  SALARY REDUCTION ARRANGEMENT - ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION
         (Plan Section 11.2) Each Employee may elect to have his
         Compensation reduced by:
 
                a. ( )         %
                       --------
                b. ( ) up to         %
                             --------
                c. (X) from    1%    to    15%
                            --------    ---------

         AND...
 
          d. (X) A Participant may elect to commence salary reductions
                 as of January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1 (ENTER AT
                       ---------------------------------------          
                 LEAST ONE DATE OR PERIOD). A Participant may modify the
                 amount of salary reductions as of January 1, April 1,
                                                   -------------------
                 July 1 or October 1 (ENTER AT LEAST ONE DATE OR PERIOD).
                 -------------------                                     

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
     E3  FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER'S MATCHING CONTRIBUTION
         (Plan Section 11.1(b))
 
         a. ( ) N/A. There shall be no matching contributions.
         b. (X) The Employer shall make matching contributions
                equal to   50  % (e.g. 50%) of the Participant's
                         ------                                 
                salary reductions.
         c. ( ) The Employer may make matching contributions equal
                to a discretionary percentage, to be determined by
                the Employer, of the Participant's salary reductions.
         d. ( ) The Employer shall make matching contributions equal
                to ______% of the first ______% of the Participant's
                Compensation deferred, plus ______% of the next
                ______% of the Participant's Compensation deferred.

         FOR PLANS WITH MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
 
         e. (X) Matching contributions f. ( ) shall  g. (X) shall not
                be used in satisfying the deferral percentage tests.
                (If used, full vesting and restrictions on
                withdrawals will apply and the match will be deemed
                to be an Elective Contribution).
         h. (X) Shall a Year of Service be required in order to share
                in the matching contributions?
                With respect to Plan Years beginning after 1989...
                1. ( ) Yes (Could cause Plan to violate minimum
                       participation and coverage requirements under
                       Code Sections 401(a)(26) and 410)
                2. (X) No
                With respect to Plan Years beginning before 1990...
                1. ( ) N/A New Plan or same as years beginning after 1990.
                2. ( ) Yes
                3. (X) No
         i. ( ) In determining matching contributions, only salary
                reductions up to ______% of a Participant's
                Compensation will be matched.   j. ( ) N/A
         k. ( ) The matching contribution made on behalf of a
                Participant for any Plan Year shall not exceed
                $_________________.   l. (X) N/A
         m. ( ) Matching contributions shall not be made on any Salary
                reduction contributions which result from a salary
                reduction percentage which exceeds    6   %.
                                                   -------  
         n. (X) Matching contributions shall be made o.(X) during
                the Plan Year p. ( ) within 30 days after the end
                of the Plan Year (discretionary matches only).
         q. (X) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary,
                all matching contributions which relate to distributions
                of Excess Deferred Compensation, Excess Contributions and
                Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be Forfeited.
         NOTE:  SALARY REDUCTION IN EXCESS OF $8994 (AS ADJUSTED
                           AFTER 1993) SHALL NOT BE MATCHED.

                                       15
<PAGE>
 
     E3.1 AGGREGATE LIMIT COMPLIANCE -  In the event of the multiple
          use of the alternative method described in Code Section
          401(m)(9)(A), a Highly-Compensated Employee's:
 
          (X) actual deferral ratio shall be reduced
          ( ) actual contribution ratio shall be reduced
          ( ) N/A - plan has no matching contribution

     E4  WILL A DISCRETIONARY EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION BE PROVIDED
         (OTHER THAN A DISCRETIONARY QUALIFIED NON-ELECTIVE
         CONTRIBUTION) (Plan Section 11.1(c))?
 
         a. ( ) No.
         b. ( ) Yes, the Employer may make a discretionary
                contribution out of its current or accumulated Net
                Profit.
         c. (X) Yes, the Employer may make a discretionary
                contribution which is not limited to its current or
                accumulated Net Profit.
 
         IF YES (b. or c. is selected above), the Employer's
         discretionary contribution shall be allocated as follows:
 
         d. (X) PRO RATA ALLOCATION
 
         The Employer discretionary contribution for the Plan Year
         shall be allocated in the same ratio as each Participant's
         Compensation bears to the total of such Compensation of
         all Participants.
 
         e. ( ) INTEGRATED ALLOCATION
 
         The Employer discretionary contribution for the Plan Year
         shall be allocated first, in the same ratio as each
         Participant's Compensation bears to the total of such
         Compensation of all Participants, but in no event shall the
         allocation exceed _______ % of each such Participant's
         Compensation; then in accordance with Plan Section 4.4(b)(2)
         based on a Participant's Compensation in excess of:
 
                f. ( ) The Taxable Wage Base.
                g. ( ) The greater of $10,000 or 20% of the Taxable
                       Wage Base.
                h. ( ) ______% of the Taxable Wage Base. (See Note
                       below)
                i. ( ) $_______________. (see Note below)
 
         NOTE:  The integration percentage of 5.7% shall be
                reduced to:
 
                1. 4.3% if h. or i. above is more than 20% and less
                   than or equal to 80% of the Taxable Wage Base.
                2. 5.4% if h. or i. above is less than 100% and more
                   than 80% of the Taxable Wage Base.

                                       16
<PAGE>
 
         j. ( ) PER CAPITA ALLOCATION
 
         The Employer contribution for the Plan Year shall be
         allocated equally to all eligible Participants.
 
         k. ( ) POINT ALLOCATION
 
         The Employer contribution for the Plan Year shall be
         allocated to all eligible Participants in the same
         proportion that each Participant's points bears to the
         total points of all eligible Participants, where ______
         point(s) are credited for each full $ ________ of
         Compensation, and _______ point(s) are credited for each
         Year of ( ) Service, ( ) Vesting Service.

                                       17
<PAGE>
 
     E5  QUALIFIED NON-ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS (Plan Section)
 
         a. (X) N/A. There shall be no Qualified Non-Elective
                Contributions except as provided in Section 11.5(b)
                and 11.7(h).
         b. ( ) The Employer shall make a Qualified Non-Elective
                Contribution equal to ___% of the total Compensation
                of all Participants eligible to defer salary during
                the Plan Year.
         c. ( ) The Employer may make a Qualified Non-Elective
                Contribution in an amount to be determined by the
                Employer, to all Participants eligible to defer salary
                during the Plan Year.

     E6  FORFEITURES (Plan Section 4.3(e))
 
            Forfeitures shall be...
 
            1. (X) used to reduce required Employer contributions
                   under the Plan for the current and future Plan
                   Years.
            2. ( ) allocated to all Participant's eligible to share
                   in the allocations in proportion to each such
                   Participant's Compensation for the year.
            3. ( ) added to the Employer's contribution under the
                   Plan.

     E7  ALLOCATIONS TO ACTIVE PARTICIPANTS (Plan Section 4.3)
         With respect to Plan Years beginning AFTER 1989, a
         Participant...
 
           a. ( ) shall (Plan may become discriminatory)
           b. (X) shall not
 
         be required to complete a Year of Service in order to share
         in any Non-Elective Contributions (other than matching
         contributions) or Qualified Non-Elective Contributions. For
         Plan Years beginning before 1990, the Plan provides that a
         Participant must complete a Year of Service to share in the
         allocations.

       E7.1 YEAR OF SERVICE means, for purposes of sharing in the
         allocations as set forth in Section 4.3 a Plan Year in
         which a Participant has completed at least    0
                                                    -------
         (maximum of 1000) Hours of Service.

                                       18
<PAGE>
 
     E8  ALLOCATIONS TO TERMINATED PARTICIPANTS (Plan Section 4.3(k))
 
         Any Participant who terminated employment during the Plan
         Year for reasons OTHER THAN death, Total and Permanent
         Disability or retirement:
 
         a.  With respect to Employer Non-Elective Contributions
             (other than matching), Qualified Non-Elective
             Contributions, and Forfeitures:
 
             1. For Plan Years beginning BEFORE 1990,
 
                i.  ( ) N/A
                ii. ( ) shall share in such allocations provided such
                        Participant completed a Year of Service.
                iii.(X) shall not share in such allocations,
                        regardless of Hours of Service.
 
             2. For Plan Years beginning AFTER 1989,
 
                i.  ( ) N/A
                ii. ( ) shall share in the allocations provided such
                        Participant completed more than 500 Hours of
                        Service.
                iii.( ) shall share in such allocations provided such
                        Participant completed a Year of Service.
                iv. (X) shall not share in such allocations,
                        regardless of Hours of Service.
 
         NOTE:  If a.2.iii or iv is selected, the Plan could
                become discriminatory in operation.
 
         b.  With respect to the allocation of Employer Matching
             Contributions, a Participant:
 
             1. For Plan Years beginning BEFORE 1990,
 
                i.  ( ) N/A
                ii. ( ) shall share in the allocations, regardless of
                        Hours of Service.
                iii.( ) shall share in such allocations provided such
                        Participant completed a Year of Service.
                iv. ( ) shall not share in such allocations,
                        regardless of Hours of Service.

                                       19
<PAGE>
 
             2. For Plan Years beginning AFTER 1989,
 
                i.  ( ) N/A
                ii. (X) shall share in the allocations, regardless of
                        Hours of Service.
                iii.( ) shall share in the allocations provided such
                        Participant completed more than 500 Hours of
                        Service.
                iv. ( ) shall share in such allocations provided such
                        Participant completed a Year of Service.
                v.  ( ) shall not share in such allocations,
                        regardless of Hours of Service.
 
         NOTE:  If b.2.iv or v is selected, the Plan could
                      become discriminatory in operation.
 
         Any Participant who terminated employment during the Plan
         Year for reasons OF death, Total and Permanent
         Disability or retirement:
 
         a.  With respect to Employer Non-Elective Contributions
             (other than matching), Qualified Non-Elective
             Contributions, and Forfeitures:
 
             1. For Plan Years beginning BEFORE 1990,
 
                i.  ( ) N/A
                ii. ( ) shall share in such allocations provided such
                        Participant completed a Year of Service.
                iii.(X) shall not share in such allocations,
                        regardless of Hours of Service.
 
             2. For Plan Years beginning AFTER 1989,
 
                i.  ( ) N/A
                ii. ( ) shall share in the allocations provided such
                        Participant completed more than 500 Hours of
                        Service.
                iii.( ) shall share in such allocations provided such
                        Participant completed a Year of Service.
                iv. (X) shall not share in such allocations,
                        regardless of Hours of Service.

         NOTE:  If a.2.iii or iv is selected, the Plan could
                become discriminatory in operation.

                                       20
<PAGE>
 
         b.  With respect to the allocation of Employer Matching
             Contributions, a Participant:
 
             1. For Plan Years beginning BEFORE 1990,
 
                i.  ( ) N/A
                ii. (X) shall share in the allocations, regardless of
                        Hours of Service.
                iii.( ) shall share in the allocations provided such
                        Participant completed a Year of Service.
                iv. ( ) shall not share in such allocations,
                        regardless of Hours of Service.
 
             2. For Plan Years beginning AFTER 1989,
 
                i.  ( ) N/A
                ii. (X) shall share in the allocations, regardless of
                        Hours of Service.
                iii.( ) shall share in such allocations provided such
                        Participant completed a Year of Service.
                iv. ( ) shall share in such allocations provided such
                        Participant completed a Year of Service.
                v.  ( ) shall not share in such allocations,
                        regardless of Hours of Service.

         NOTE:  If b.2.iv or v is selected, the Plan could
                become discriminatory in operation.

                                       21
<PAGE>
 
     E9 LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS (Plan Section 4.5)
 
         a. If any Participant is or was covered under another
            qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the
            Employer, other than a Master or Prototype Plan, or if
            the Employer maintains a welfare benefit fund, as
            defined in Code Section 419(e), or an individual medical
            account, as defined in Code Section 415(l)(2), under
            which amounts are treated as Annual Additions with
            respect to any Participant in this Plan:
 
            1. ( ) N/A.
            2. (X) The provisions of Section 4.5(b) of the Plan will
                   apply as if the other plan were a Master or
                   Prototype Plan.
            3. ( ) Provide the method under which the Plans will
                   limit total Annual Additions to the Maximum
                   Permissible Amount, and will properly reduce any
                   Excess Amounts, in a manner that precludes
                   Employer discretion.
 
                   ------------------------------------------------

                   ------------------------------------------------  
 
         b. If any Participant is or ever has been a Participant in
            a defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer:
 
            1. ( ) N/A.
            2. (X) In any Limitation Year, the Annual Additions
                   credited to the Participant under this Plan may
                   not cause the sum of the Defined Benefit Plan
                   Fraction and the Defined Contribution Fraction to
                   exceed 1.0. If the Employer's contribution that
                   would otherwise be made on the Participant's
                   behalf during the limitation year would cause the
                   1.0 limitation to be exceeded, the rate of
                   contribution under this Plan will be reduced so
                   that the sum of the fractions equals 1.0. If the
                   1.0 limitation is exceeded because of an Excess
                   Amount, such Excess Amount will be reduced in
                   accordance with Section 4.5(a)(4) of the Plan.
            3. ( ) Provide the method under which the Plans involved
                   will satisfy the 1.0 limitation in a manner that
                   precludes Employer discretion.

                   ------------------------------------------------

                   ------------------------------------------------ 

                                       22
<PAGE>
 
     E10 CONDITIONS FOR DISTRIBUTIONS UPON TERMINATION
         Distributions upon termination of employment pursuant to
         Section 6.4(a) of the Plan shall not be made unless the
         following conditions have been satisfied:
 
         a. (X) N/A. Distributions may be made at the
                Participant's election.
         b. ( ) The Participant has incurred _____ 1-Year Break(s)
                in Service.
         c. ( ) The Participant has reached his or her Early or
                Normal Retirement Age.
         d. ( ) The Participant's interest in the Plan is less than
                $______________. If the Participant's interest in the
                Plan exceeds such amount, then no distribution shall
                be made until the Participant reaches his or her
                Early or Normal Retirement Age.
         e. ( ) Other ---------------------------------------------
 
         NOTE:  Regardless of the above, for amounts of $3,500
                or less, the Plan requires immediate distributions.

                                       23
<PAGE>
 
     TOP HEAVY REQUIREMENTS

     F1  TOP HEAVY DUPLICATIONS (Plan Section 4.4(i)): When a Non-Key
         Employee is a Participant in this Plan and a Defined
         Benefit Plan maintained by the Employer, indicate
         which method shall be utilized to avoid duplication of top
         heavy minimum benefits.
 
         a. (X) The Employer does not maintain a Defined Benefit
                Plan.
         b. ( ) A minimum, non-integrated contribution of 5% of each
                Non-Key Employee's total Compensation shall be
                provided in this Plan, as specified in Section 4.4(i).
                (The Defined Benefit and Defined Contribution
                Fractions will be computed using 100% if this choice
                is selected.)
         c. ( ) A minimum, non-integrated contribution of 7 1/2% of
                each Non-Key Employee's total Compensation shall be
                provided in this Plan, as specified in Section 4.4(i).
                (If this choice is selected, the Defined Benefit and
                Defined Contribution Fractions will be computed using
                125% for all Plan Years in which the Plan is Top
                Heavy, but not Super Top Heavy.)
         d. ( ) Specify the method under which the Plans will provide
                top heavy minimum benefits for Non-Key Employees that
                will preclude Employer discretion and avoid
                inadvertent omissions, including any adjustments
                required under Code Section 415(e).
 
                -----------------------------------------------------
 
                -----------------------------------------------------
 
                -----------------------------------------------------

                -----------------------------------------------------

                                       24
<PAGE>
 
     F2  PRESENT VALUE OF ACCRUED BENEFIT (Plan Section 2.2) for
         Top Heavy purposes where the Employer maintains a Defined
         Benefit Plan in addition to this Plan, shall be based on...
 
         a. (X) N/A. The Employer does not maintain a defined benefit
                plan.
 
         b. ( ) Interest Rate: 
                               -------------------------------------- 

                Mortality Table: 
                                 ------------------------------------

     F3  TOP HEAVY DUPLICATIONS: Employer maintaining two (2) or
         more Defined Contribution Plans.
 
         a. ( ) N/A.
         b. (X) A minimum, non-integrated contribution of 3% of each
                Non-Key Employee's total Compensation shall be
                provided in the Money Purchase Plan (or other plan
                subject to Code Section 412), where the Employer
                maintains two (2) or more non-paired Defined
                Contribution Plans.
         c. ( ) Specify the method under which the Plans will provide
                top heavy minimum benefits for Non-Key Employees that
                will preclude Employer discretion and avoid
                inadvertent omissions, including any adjustments
                required under Code Section 415(e).
 
                -----------------------------------------------------
 
                -----------------------------------------------------

                -----------------------------------------------------

                                       25
<PAGE>
 
     MISCELLANEOUS

     G1  LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS (Plan Section 7.4)
 
         a. (X) Yes, loans may be made pursuant to the Administrator's
                written policy.
         b. ( ) No, loans may not be made.

     G2  DIRECTED INVESTMENT ACCOUNTS (Plan Section 4.9) are
         permitted for the interest in any one or more accounts.
 
         a. (X) Yes pursuant to the Administrator's written policy.
         b. ( ) No.

     G3  TRANSFERS FROM QUALIFIED PLANS (Plan Section 4.7)
 
         a. (X) Yes, transfers from qualified plans (and rollovers)
                will be allowed.
         b. ( ) No, transfers from qualified plans (and rollovers)
                will not be allowed.

         AND, transfers shall be permitted...
 
         c. (X) from any Employee, even if not a Participant.
         d. ( ) from Participants only.

                                       26
<PAGE>
 
     G4  EMPLOYEES' VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS (Plan Section 4.8)
 
         a. ( ) Yes, Voluntary Contributions are allowed subject to
                the limits of Section 4.10.
         b. (X) No, Voluntary Contributions will not be allowed.
 
         NOTE:  TRA '86 subjects voluntary contributions to
                strict discrimination rules.

     G5  HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTIONS (Plan Section 6.11 and 11.8)
 
         a. (X) Yes, from any accounts.
         b. ( ) Yes, from Participant's Elective Account only.
         c. ( ) Yes, but limited to accounts other than the
                Participant's Elective Account only.
         d. ( ) No.
         e. ( ) In addition to Sections 6.11 and 11.8, the following
                   events shall constitute immediate and heavy
                   financial need:

                   -----------------------------------------------------

                   -----------------------------------------------------

         NOTE:  Distributions from a Participant's Elective
                Account are limited to the portion of such account
                attributable to such Participant's Deferred
                Compensation and earnings attributable thereto up
                to December 31, 1988. Also hardship distributions
                are not permitted from a Participant's Qualified
                Non-Elective Account.

     G6  PRE-RETIREMENT DISTRIBUTION (Plan Section 6.10)
 
         a. (X) If a Participant has reached the age of ______,
                distributions may be made, at the Participant's
                election, without requiring the Participant to
                terminate employment.
         b. ( ) No pre-retirement distribution may be made.
 
         NOTE:  Distributions from a Participant's Elective
                Account and Qualified Non-Elective Account are not
                permitted prior to age 59 1/2.

     G7  LIFE INSURANCE (Plan Section 7.2(d)) may be purchased with
         Plan contributions.
 
         a. (X) No life insurance may be purchased.
         b. ( ) Yes, in accordance with the Administrator's
                written policy.

                                       27
<PAGE>
 
     The adopting Employer may not rely on an opinion letter issued by
     the National Office of the Internal Revenue Service as evidence
     that the plan is qualified under Code Section 401. In order to
     obtain reliance with respect to plan qualification, the Employer
     must apply to the appropriate Key District Office for a
     determination letter.

     This Adoption Agreement may be used only in conjunction with
     basic Plan document #01. This Adoption Agreement and the basic
     Plan document shall together be known as Employers Life Insurance
     Company of Wausau Non-Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan
     #01-005.

     The adoption of this Plan, its qualification by the IRS, and the
     related tax consequences are the responsibility of the Employer
     and its independent tax and legal advisors.

     Employers Life Insurance Company of Wausau will notify the
     Employer of any amendments made to the Plan or of the
     discontinuance or abandonment of the Plan provided this Plan has
     been acknowledged by Employers Life Insurance Company of Wausau
     or its authorized representative. Furthermore, in order to be
     eligible to receive such notification, we agree to notify
     Employers Life Insurance Company of Wausau of any change in
     address.

                                       28
<PAGE>
 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer and Trustee hereby cause this
     Plan to be executed on this _____ day of ___________, 1995.
     Furthermore, this Plan may not be used unless acknowledged by
     Employers Life Insurance Company of Wausau or its authorized
     representative.
 
     EMPLOYER:
 
               Valley Pacific, Inc.           
          -------------------------------     ---------------------------
              (enter name)                         TRUSTEE
 
 
     By: 
         --------------------------------     ---------------------------
                                                   TRUSTEE
 
 
     PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER(S):               
                                              ---------------------------
                                                   TRUSTEE
 
     1.  The Charter Group, Inc.       Fiscal Year End: 
        ----------------------------                     -----------
              (enter name)
 
 
       EIN:     -                         Effective Date:  
            ---- ----------                                ---------

       By: 
           --------------------------

     2.                                   Fiscal Year End: 
       ----------------------------                        ---------
              (enter name)
 
 
       EIN:     -                         Effective Date:  
            ---- ----------                                ---------

     By: 
         --------------------------

     This Plan may not be used, and shall not be deemed to be a
     Prototype Plan, unless an authorized representative of Employers
     Life Insurance Company of Wausau has acknowledged the use of the
     Plan. Such acknowledgment is for administerial purposes only. It
     acknowledges that the Employer is using the Plan but does not
     represent that this Plan, including the choices selected on the
     Adoption Agreement, has been reviewed by a representative of the
     sponsor or constitutes a qualified retirement plan.
 
 
          Employers Life Insurance Company of Wausau
 
 
          By:
             -----------------------------

                                       29
<PAGE>
 
     With regard to any questions regarding the provisions of the
     Plan, adoption of the Plan, or the effect of an opinion letter
     from the IRS, call or write (this information must be completed
     by the sponsor of this Plan or its designated representative):
 
     Name        Ross A. Solverud
               --------------------------------------------------
 
     Address     Employers Life Insurance Company of Wausau
               --------------------------------------------------
 
                 Post Office Box 8017
               --------------------------------------------------

                 Wausau, Wisconsin 54402-8017
               --------------------------------------------------
 
     Telephone ( 715 )  842-6886
                -----  ------------------------------------------

                                       30

<PAGE>
 
                                                                  Exhibit (5)(a)
                                                                  --------------



            [Miller, Canfield, Paddock and Stone, P.L.C. Letterhead]

                                 June 26, 1997


Fund American Enterprises Holdings, Inc.
80 South Main Street
Hanover, New Hampshire 03755-2053

Gentlemen:

     With respect to the registration statement on Form S-8 (the "Registration
Statement") being filed today with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") by Fund American Enterprises Holdings, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), for the purpose of registering under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), an indeterminate amount of interests in the
Valley Group Employees' 401(k) Savings Plan (the "Plan") and 300,000 shares of
the common stock, $1.00 par value, of the Company (the "Registered Shares"),
which may consist of shares already issued or newly issued shares, we, as your
counsel, have examined such certificates, instruments, and documents and have
reviewed such questions of law as we have considered necessary or appropriate
for the purposes of this opinion, and, on the basis of such examination and
review, we advise you that, in our opinion:

     1.   The Registered Shares have been legally authorized.

     2.   When the Registration Statement has become effective and any newly
issued Registered Shares have been acquired at the election of a participant in
accordance with the Plan and paid for, said newly issued Registered Shares will
be validly issued, fully paid, and nonassessable.

     We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement.  In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we
are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of
the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.


                         Very truly yours,

                         MILLER, CANFIELD, PADDOCK AND STONE, P.L.C.

<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 23(b)



                        Consent of Independent Auditors



We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (Form
S-8 dated June 27, 1997) pertaining to the Valley Group Employees' 401(k)
Savings Plan of our report dated March 21, 1997, with respect to the
consolidated financial statements of Fund American Enterprises Holdings, Inc.,
incorporated by reference in its Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended
December 31, 1996, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


                                         Ernst & Young LLP



New York, New York
June 26, 1997

<PAGE>
 
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 23(c)



                        Consent of Independent Auditors



We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (Form
S-8 of Fund American Enterprises Holdings, Inc. dated June 27, 1997) pertaining
to the Valley Group Employees' 401(k) Savings Plan of our reports dated January
24, 1997 and February 14, 1997, with respect to the consolidated financial
statements of Financial Security Assurance Holdings, Ltd. and Subsidiaries and
the consolidated financial statements of Valley Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries,
respectively, included as Exhibits in its Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year
ended December 31, 1996, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.



                                         Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.



New York, New York
June 26, 1997

<PAGE>
 
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 23(d)



                        Consent of Independent Auditors



We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement of 
Fund American Enterprises Holdings, Inc., on Form S-8 as filed on June 27, 1997 
of our reports dated June 4, 1997 on our audits of the financial statements and 
supplemental schedules of the Valley Group Employees' 401(k) Savings Plan (the
Plan) as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and for the years then ended, which
report is included in the Annual Report on Form 11-k.



                                         Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.



Portland, Oregon
June 27, 1997



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission